What are “Red Flags” 🚩? Meaning, definition, explanation


Red Flags are situations where things don’t feel quite right. Things like conversations, actions that are clues to the person’s nature. These can be things like how the person reacts to extreme stress, how they act in volatile situations, or when confronted. These signs can give you an indication of what this person might be like as a partner in a serious relationship. It’s always good to talk about these things to make sure you don’t miss anything.

What are “Red Flags” 🚩 ? Examples

They don’t trust anyone – Careful consideration before trusting someone is one thing, but some people have an absolute distrust of every person they meet. This can become problematic over time, especially if their habits rub off on you.

Different drive levels – If your partner has a lower sex drive than you, this can be problematic in a relationship. It’s important that both parties are in the same frame of mind, otherwise there can be a lot of emotional stress and hostility

They rush the relationship too much – Some people are super quick to get to know someone new. Those couples who go from zero to engaged in a matter of days or weeks. That in itself is a red flag. This type of relationship problem often involves lovebombing.

They prevent you from engaging in your social relationships – It’s a serious warning sign when your partner tries to separate you from your friends and family. This kind of separation indicates that he/she wants to isolate you and have you all to himself/herself.

He/she keeps rolling his/her eyes – If he/she sees you rolling your eyes a lot, it could be a sign that the relationship is going downhill. Body language is an important factor in building a strong relationship. Statistics show that eye rolling is often a precursor to relationship failure.

They call you names when you argue – It’s perfectly normal to have disagreements in a relationship; we’re not all the same. But when your partner starts calling you names or cursing at you in an abusive tone, it’s a clear warning sign.

Lack of respect for parents – For some people, this is a big warning sign. How a person treats their parents is a pretty good indicator of how they feel about the family. We know that not all parents are perfect, and that should be taken into account when interpreting this Red Flag.

Mood swings – One minute they’re sugary sweet, the next you’re being accused of all sorts of things. From one minute to the next, you never know where you stand. These relationships are exhausting.

Problems with sleep patterns – shift work can really mess up a relationship. If you’re a day person and your partner is a night person, you’re going to have a lot of problems in your social life, career, and even love.

They tend to hide the little things – If they lie about little things, it is likely that they will lie about the bigger things as well. Keep this in mind when you notice people lying about little things.

They cheated on you in their last relationship – A big red flag.

They want your passwords – Why would someone want your passwords? Possibly to monitor your private messages and emails. You have a 100% right to your own privacy and security.

Red Flags: More examples, meaning

They make you feel guilty all the time – They make you feel like you are to blame, even though you may not be. They often twist stories and make you the bad guy.

Opposing ideas and habits about money – It’s important that you are both willing to talk about finances and money in general, as we all grew up with different views about it. Find a compromise; don’t make money the reason you both fall out.

They make you feel stupid – and you know you’re not. This is unacceptable and NEVER healthy.

You don’t tell the world you are together – This could be the biggest warning sign. If your partner is hiding your relationship from others, there is definitely something going on that he/she doesn’t want you to know about.

They need constant reassurance – If insecurity rules a person’s life, it can rule a relationship as well.

You have a different view of fidelity – If your partner thinks it’s okay to date or flirt with someone else via text message, then you may have problems.

What are red flags in dating? Explanation, meaning, definition

When you’re dating a new partner, it may take a while for certain weaknesses – like an inability to help with housework or bad financial habits – to become apparent.

But some warning signs can show up on the first date. You just need to know what to look for.

To make sure you notice them sooner rather than later, INSIDER spoke with Rori Sassoon, founder of Platinum Poire Matchmaking Service, to find out what red flags you can spot on a first date.

1. you’re very late.

If someone is more than a few minutes late, you deserve an explanation.

Problems with traffic or public transportation are unavoidable for most people, so lateness is not always a red flag.

But if your date is more than a few minutes late – and doesn’t seem to care that you waited that long – that’s a first clue.

“I’m a little picky about time,” Sassoon told INSIDER. “I don’t mean five minutes, but if someone is 15 minutes late, I definitely expect a call or text. If someone doesn’t, that’s a red flag in the sense that there’s a lack of respect for the other person’s time.”

2. You expect too much, too quickly.

If you’re uncomfortable with your date, you probably don’t want to get into a relationship with them.

“If you’re on a first date with someone and the conversation moves very quickly to sexual intercourse, you should leave it alone,” Sassoon told INSIDER.

There are obvious exceptions, such as if you’re only there to have sex with someone and have discussed it with your date beforehand.

However, if your date immediately starts making lewd comments or becomes more affectionate than you’d like during a casual outing, it’s a sign that she’s not respecting your boundaries – both now and in the future.

To deal with this, let your date know that you’re not ready to talk about intimacies just yet. If he or she doesn’t back off, you’re well within your rights to end the date early.

3. You’re too pushy.

If you feel uncomfortable with your date, trust your instincts.

Your date may try to convince you that she deserves to be invited to your home because she bought you a drink or spent some time with you.

“If they insist on inviting you to their house or push to come over, that’s a bad sign,” Sassoon tells INSIDER. “They don’t need to know where you live at the moment.”

4. You get too personal too quickly.

If your date thinks you’re a free therapist, you should run.

There’s nothing wrong with opening up to someone, but it shouldn’t all come out at once.

“When people start telling you very personal things very quickly, it shows a kind of neediness and attachment that shows they’re just using you as a vehicle to unload for the relationship,” Sassoon told INSIDER. “It’s all about them, they don’t ask questions, they don’t really care, they just want to vent about their whole life.”

If a first date feels like a therapy session where you’ve unwittingly become the therapist, get out as soon as possible.

5. dating feels like a job interview.

Dating isn’t fun when you feel like you have to pull out your resume.

On the other hand, you don’t want the date to feel like a job interview either.

“Sometimes a person can be too present,” Sassoon told INSIDER. “It’s like you’re being interviewed or interrogated. It’s a date, not a job interview.”

You don’t have to automatically rule out a potential partner if they’re overly curious-some people may ask a lot of questions when they’re nervous, or they may be genuinely intrigued by you-but it’s worth asking them a few questions, too, to see if they open up or just ask you questions again.

6. They don’t seem to be able to plan anything.

Planning a date shouldn’t be your sole responsibility.

If they refuse to take responsibility for any part of the date – a time to meet, a bar to go to for drinks, or even the drinks you get – that’s not a good sign either.

“No one says you have to go to a five-star restaurant to enjoy an eight-course meal, but come on,” Sassoon told INSIDER. “Find something that’s worth the time investment.

7. They’re hot and cold.

If you and your date are on different wavelengths on the first date, you may not be a match in the long run.

Be suspicious if someone comes on a first date and seems happy one moment and not at all the next – and for no apparent reason.

If someone is moody, it doesn’t mean he’s a bad person. But if his behavior is so sporadic during a one-hour date that you feel nervous, he may not be ready for a relationship.

There are a number of reasons that could explain her behavior – like a fresh breakup or problems at work – but trying to have a relationship with her could be a thankless task for you.

What is the “Red Flag” TikTok trend?

On August 31, user @imscout revealed her “red flags on men.” Warning signs are a very individual thing, as “drives a mom car” proves.

Other users named “following Lana Rhodes and Belle Delphine” as their biggest warning signs. “Evie” revealed in a DMC with her followers that she doesn’t like “going to sleep during an argument.”

TikToker Meghan Wainwright talked about “love bombing” in her Red Flags video. The dating trend describes how a potential partner will text you “like you’re his girlfriend” before meeting for the first time.

Red flags can be hard to see through. But it’s always worth remembering that there’s someone out there for everyone!

What is a frozen conflict? Meaning, definition, explanation


A frozen conflict is a conflict in which there has been no end and no resolution. A frozen conflict is an unresolved conflict in which there is an apparent ceasefire, but neither an official ceasefire nor a peace treaty has been agreed.

In a frozen conflict, the parties to the conflict continue to insist on their claims and have not yet been able to find a compromise solution. However, hardly any fighting is still taking place. The parties to the conflict simply occupy the territory in which they find themselves.

In other words: In a frozen conflict, a stalemate has occurred and none of the parties to the conflict wants to move away from it.

What is a frozen conflict? Meaning, definition, explanation

A frozen conflict can also be referred to as a ‘cold’ conflict. This simply refers to the status, or current state of progress, of the conflict.

Conflicts are commonly manifold in nature. Their causes may be as diverse as they are rationally explicable. A frozen conflict, in contrast to an acute one, holds different opportunities and risks. Unresolved conflicts may well have a smoldering character, i.e. they are omnipresent and always linger in the subconscious. There they are deeply anchored and stored in a kind of twilight state. The dangers of a smoldering conflict are obvious: Any ice can melt – and in the medium or long term lead to a flood – with serious consequences. This metaphorical representation of the facts illustrates how a frozen conflict can become an acute one – if the signs, which in most cases are very clear, are ignored or simply misinterpreted. So, to stay on the metaphorical level, when the ice thaws, a wave, perhaps even a destructive tsunami, lurks beneath the thick surface.
However, as long as the ice does not break, the conflict does not emerge.

Frozen conflict: escalation only a matter of time

Frozen conflicts are not only unprocessed, but also risky in a special way. They tend to be forgotten because they are largely ignored in everyday life. However, all it takes is a terse trigger and the repressed conflict comes back into life with full force. This circumstance shows the danger of a permanent, chronic escalation. In contrast to acute conflicts, there is a chance here to avoid a rapid escalation through reappraisal and reason – and thus, at least from a psychological point of view, to keep an eruption with unimagined consequences as small as possible. The stronger the repression of the conflict, the more violent the reaction to the so-called triggers. If a frozen conflict has accumulated a lot of anger and bitterness, time cannot heal old wounds, but at most cover them up. Even if the proverbial grass grows over a matter, we can at best speak of a temporary, deceptive calm, but not of a solution to the problem.

Frozen conflict: constant stress

A frozen conflict permanently gnaws away at your nerves. Shaking it off or even resolving it is practically impossible. The advantage of an acute conflict is the relatively rapid escalation stage and thus the foreseeable end of the problem. Repressed conflicts carry the danger of an endless spiral of fear of confrontation and shame of not being able to resolve the conflict. Thus, although the supposedly unpleasant, perhaps fear-filled part seems to be put on the back burner for the time being, behind the scenes it continues to bubble in the dark. This protracted, agonizing character complicates the important personal confrontation with the repressed parts, i.e. the conflict that has been put on hold. Since confrontation triggers stress – and usually an unpleasant counter-reaction – it does not seem surprising at first glance that this step, which requires courage, wants to be avoided as much as possible. The conflict merely shifts, it by no means disappears.

Frozen conflict: scientific view

From a scientific point of view, it is certain that every human being has natural reflexes to protect him or her from anger and harm. Undoubtedly, this phenomenon also applies to cold, unresolved conflicts. Basically, those reflexes serve the brain as a kind of self-protection and as a psychologically useful tool of bypassing excessive demands. The frozen conflict initially gives the person more leeway to cope with the seemingly unsolvable task. In addition, the time factor also plays an essential role.

Permanent conflicts require quick solutions, which turn out to be an insurmountable hurdle, especially in the already hectic everyday life. The mixture of chronic overload, fear and loss of control leaves the human command center, the brain, no choice but to put on all protective armor. To what extent these are more burden than protection must be questioned and can only be answered on a case-by-case basis.

It goes without saying that it is not only individuals who carry around frozen conflicts. Indeed, history teaches us that entire states suffer from collective traumas which, for a variety of reasons, they have not been able to come to terms with to date. A smoldering conflict can be a legitimate cause for war. If political relations between states are put on hold due to various problems, a new Cold War or an Iron Curtain threatens, as we have already experienced in history with the example of the Soviet Union. A lot of time can pass before the ice melts – and to prevent an ice age from burying all life under it, it should be warmed up in good time, as gently and carefully as possible.

What does Rashism mean? Meaning, definition, explanation


The word “rashism” is a portmanteau of the words “Russia” and “fascism”.

What does Rashism mean? Meaning, definition, explanation

The term “Rashism” is not a scientific term, but a political catchword. It can be interpreted to mean “a Russian fascism,” that is, a fascism of the Russian type. But what exactly this is supposed to be is not clearly determined. This is because in the context of the Russian attack on Ukraine in 2022, the term “rashism” is used in an evaluative form. The expression “rashism” can also be interpreted as a statement. Namely, as a statement that Russia has become fascist and uses fascist methods.

Supporters of rashism are consequently: rashists.

In the English language the term “Rashism” is used. “Rashism” is composed of the words “Russia” and “Fascism”. In the English language, the word “Ruscism” is also used as a synonymous expression.

Since 2008, the expression “Rashism” has become widespread.

Rashism and the Russian invasion of Ukraine in 2022

In the context of the Russian invasion of Ukraine in 2022, the behavior, conduct, propaganda, and ideology of Vladimir Putin and Russia was called “rashism” by Ukrainian President Volodymyr Zelensky. He said, “In the history books, the term rashism will be enshrined.” Selenskyj further said that the word is new, but the acts are the same as those that happened 80 years ago in Europe.

Yossip Zissels, chairman of the Jewish Communities of Ukraine, called Kremlin propaganda “rashism.”

The term “rashism” is widely used in Ukraine.

The term “rashism” is also used in the context of Kremlin propaganda. The Kremlin propaganda pretends to be anti-fascist and claims that Ukraine should be freed from a neo-Nazi regime. Ukraine should be “denazified”. Also, the Kremlin propaganda does not talk about a war, but about a “special military operation”. The Kremlin propaganda also justifies the invasion of Ukraine by saying that a “genocide” is taking place in the Donbass.

The term “rashism” spread worldwide. US media, among others, used this term to describe Russia’s aggression and ideology. The New York Times used the term “Ruscism” in the online article “The War in Ukraine Has Unleashed a New Word,” published on April 22, 2022.

In Germany, the Tagesschau used the term “Raschismus” in an article published online on April 7, 2022, called “Die Methode ‘Raschismus’.” The Neue Zürcher Zeitung used the term “rashism” in an article published online on April 19, 2022, called “Kriegstagebuch aus Charkiw (42): Der «Raschismus» hat die dunkelrote Farbe von geronnenem Blut”.

What is Sealioning? Meaning, definition, explanation


Sealioning is a specific form of trolling in online forums, social media and comment columns. The idea is usually to get the person opposite to react in a way that derails the discussion, while the “troll” himself can claim not to have actually broken any rules. It is one of many rhetorical tactics that have become popular in recent years to destroy discourse in online media, or at least to disrupt it to the point where serious commentators have no interest in participating and narratives can be shifted in this way.

What exactly is sealioning characterized by? Meaning, definition, explanation

The typical “Sealion” is also superficially considered as the nice troll. Perhaps there is a diffuse feeling in a discussion partner, but he does not act in the same way as typical trolls from the Internet. On the contrary, classically he will meet you with explicit and emphasized politeness and will not descend to typical insults or “flame wars”. In this case, however, this is just another of many popular forms of discourse shifting that have become increasingly noticeable in Internet discussions in recent years.

The examples of sea-lioning are mainly found in elaborate discussions. This involves the very common question of a source in the discussion. The “sealion” will pretend to be someone who has little knowledge on the subject and is looking for ways to get better information. At least that’s the starting point, which of course is not reality. Instead, a troll comes into a discussion with sealioning in a firm attempt to shift the discourse in a particular direction or to discredit the interlocutor.

Roughly speaking, the goal is to exhaust a discussion partner’s patience by asking over and over again, thus either forcing the other person to leave the discussion, or even getting them to behave in a reportable manner within the rulebook. A popular version is the constant demand for “sources”. Thus, the Sea Lion will pretend to be quite accepting of the other person’s information – but only if that person can also produce appropriate sources from supposedly independent media. This behavior will be repeated in every argument.

An exaggerated example would be a discussion about the color of the sky. The participant in the discussion says in a subordinate clause that the sky is blue, while it is actually about a completely different topic. The troll using sealioning will demand a source for the sky being blue. This game will repeat itself with basic truths and statements from so-called “common sense” until the other person drops out or becomes abusive. The goal is reached – the discussion partner is either no longer interested in further conversation or even receives warnings or a ban for being abusive.

The origin story of “Sealioning”

The fact that this form of “trolling” has become established as “sealioning” can be traced back primarily to a comic that was published in 2014. In this comic, a person made disparaging remarks about sea lions, only to be followed shortly thereafter by a sea lion who would like sources. Sources for the reasons for the rejection, sources for the fact that sea lions would ever have done anything bad and drive the character to give up from exhaustion. In this way, it clarified a phenomenon that was increasingly noticeable in online discussions during this period. The comic’s crowning achievement was the sea lion that showed up in the character’s bedroom and continued to demand that the character back up his personal dislikes with sources – thus either overruling or revising his own opinion or foregoing further discussion.

The use of sea-lioning in practice

The problem with sealioning is often that it does not appear to outsiders that the person is really trying to act as a troll. In general, asking for evidence or sources is a normality, especially in discussions on the Internet, and should help to ensure that all discussion partners can argue on the same level of knowledge. It is therefore not always easy to distinguish between an active attempt at troll activity and a participant in the discussion actually wanting to find out more about a chosen topic or to read up on a general piece of information based on a factual source.

It is difficult for moderators to distinguish whether the discussion is organic or one of the participants is acting in the so-called “bad faith”. Usually, a “Sealion” can only be identified by the fact that he or she displays the same pattern of leading discussions in different topics and rarely contributes active knowledge or a principle to the discussion himself or herself. Instead, the only goal of the “Sealion” seems to be to derail the relevant discussion and prevent the topic from being discussed in depth.

Active measures against sealioning in discussions on the Internet

As is so often the case with trolls on the Internet, there are few ways to respond to them in a constructive manner. As a rule, discussion behavior on the other side is designed to ensure that a discussion partner will always lose in active dialog. The discussion exhausts itself on the behavior of the troll and will thus lead to the fact that the partner who did not act in bad-faith is not interested in further discussion.

In the end, the only option is to ignore the person in question. This can happen in the form of a block or by dropping out of the discussion. Even if the impulse is naturally there to always write another reply, one should not get involved in “feeding” the troll as well. A reference to the block list is just as appropriate here as a report to the moderators and an indication that the discussion partner is not acting in good faith. Under no circumstances should one violate the rules of a discussion platform oneself – this would give the troll a double satisfaction and exclude oneself from the discourse.

Horizon: Forbidden West: Story, History, Lore


Horizon Forbidden West picks up where its predecessor Horizon: Zero Dawn left off. Nora hunter Aloy, now known and loved throughout the world as a rescuer, must once again face the dangers of the man-made and now extremely dangerous ecosystem. In the sequel, her journey takes her from Utah to the Pacific coast, so that numerous new challenges and tasks await her.

Horizon: Forbidden West: Story, History, Lore

Half a year has passed since Zero Dawn. Aloy was able to save the world from destruction in the previous game by successfully locking Hades away. But the danger has not yet been averted. Gaia, the extensive ecosystem created by humans, is once again threatened with complete destruction. A destructive plague is raging throughout the land, which will slowly but surely wipe out humanity. Worshipping storms sweep through the entire country, the soil is contaminated and the water is undrinkable.

Aloy, the savior of the land, once again sets out on a quest to save the world. First alone, then accompanied by her friends, she finds out that restoring the Gaia system is the only solution. But to restore the system to its former glory, Gaia needs her sub-functions. While the player is already familiar with the functions Hades, Minerva and Hephaestus from Zero Dawn, he is given the task of finding the remaining programs and bringing them back to Gaia’s base. For only by incorporating them can Gaia succeed in bringing Hephaestus and engineering under control once again.

Horizon: Forbidden West: What It’s About

The essential storyline of Horizon: Forbidden West is to save the land and recover the sub-functions Aether, Poseidon and Demeter. While Aether regulates the air and thus can control the destructive storms, Poseidon purifies and spreads the water. Demeter regulates soil activity, so that only through it is possible agriculture and consequently the continuation of the food chain for humans. However, all three sub-functions have hidden themselves well, each finding refuge in a supercomputer. Part of Aloy’s main task is to find them and incorporate them into Gaia by means of a core. The journey to the hiding places takes the heroine across the country, making her cross deserts, jungles and mountains.

In the course of main quests, Aloy manages to overcome the dangers and restore Gaia’s three important core functions. However, the super AI only briefly succeeds in bringing the ecosystem back under control and regulating it. Gaia needs Hephaestus and his machines are needed to actually make the land habitable for humans, animals and machines. However, since this sub-function is one of the most powerful, Gaia finds it anything but easy to gain control of the program. Thus, Aloy has to go out one more time and collect the remaining functions Artemis, Apollo and Eleuthia.

Horizon: Forbidden West – Part One

In the first part, Aloy was still considered an outcast and motherless, which made her shunned by everyone. As the savior of the land, the heroine was able to successfully win friends and allies, who will stand by her side in the sequel. The adventurer also needs them, as a multitude of new dangers and enemies await. In the meantime, not only the machines are the main danger for the Nora huntress. While in the east the tribes are hostile, in the west the Tenakth wait for their bloody revenge. There are numerous legends and myths about the warlike people, who are divided into several sub-tribes. Especially the past with Meridian and the Carja contributes to the fact that the entire people is considered bloodthirsty and strong hostility prevails.

At first, the Tenakth people seem hostile to Aloy as well, although her exploits have reached deep into the west. Through her heroic deeds and support in battles, however, the huntress manages to win the trust of the clan chief Hekarro and many of his fighters. Shortly after the game begins, Aloy and a legation from Meridian encounter hostile Tenakth, led by Regalla, Hekarro’s enemy. After Aloy and her friends are able to ward off the danger posed by Regalla and her troops, she sets off for the Tenakth capital. But they are also waiting there and want to overthrow Hekarro. Together with the Tenakth, Aloy manages to banish the danger from Regalla and win the trust of the clan chief and his confidants.

Unlike in the predecessor, the hostile Tenakth keep lurking as one of the main opponents in Forbidden West. Regalla and her rebels have established outposts throughout the West, where they plan to overthrow Hekarro. One of the game’s side tasks is to find the large and small camps and defeat all the enemies. However, since the enemies have now learned to bridge the machines, they can skillfully steer them and even ride on them. This gives them significant advantages in battle, which Aloy is only armed with the right equipment and appropriate strategy.

Horizon: Forbidden West – Old, new World

On her way to the West Coast, Aloy repeatedly encounters relics from the past. One of the most relevant to the story is herself in the form of the clone Beta. Beta, like Aloy, was created from the genetic material of Elisabet Sobeck, but at the same time has known since her birth what the world looked like before Zero Dawn. Created by Far Zenith, an organization of the ancients and responsible for the planned space colony Odyssey, she was supposed to be able to control the Zero Dawn terraforming system and thus Gaia. Unlike all humans in the current timeline of Horizon Forbidden West and Zero Dawn, she had access to the Apollo knowledge program through the Far Zeniths and could learn a wide variety of subjects.

In the course of the story, Aloy first encounters Beta and the Far Zeniths, who are extremely hostile towards her. Eventually, the huntress learns that Elisabet Sobeck’s clone is being abused for the sole purpose of retrieving Gaia and plans to free her from the organization’s clutches. It is true that she succeeds in this. But Beta does not approve of the plan of the group around Aloy to defeat the Far Zeniths and restore the Gaia system. Since the Far Zeniths have obtained eternal life with drugs and implants, they have been able to survive since the start of the Odyssey and thus preserve the knowledge of the ancients. With persuasion and the fact that the world is dying, Aloy manages to convince Beta. Together they plan to destroy the Far Zeniths and save the land once again.

Who is Renna (Elden Ring)? NPC, Quest, Story, History, Lore


Renna is an NPC from Elden Ring, the open world role-playing game from FromSoftware. Players can find her relatively early in the game if they fulfill the appropriate requirements. Meeting Renna is important because she gives players a very helpful item.

How can players meet Renna? Elden Ring

To find Renna, players must meet two requirements in Elden Ring. First, they must have already found and rested at three Places of Grace in order for Melina to join them. Melina not only offers to fill in for players as a substitute maiden, unlocking the opportunity to Aufleven. She also gives players a whistle that can be used to summon the spectral steed Stormwind.

Second, after meeting Melina, players must travel to the Church of Elleh in Limgrave by night. When they enter the church, they will find a bluish figure with a conspicuously large wizard’s hat sitting on the wall to the right of the entrance. This is Renna. She recognizes that the players have the ability to summon Stormwind, and in response gives them a bell that the players can use to summon spectral creatures at specific locations in the game. Renna also gives the players three spectral wolves, which can be very powerful helpers with some bosses, especially in the beginning.

After the handover, Renna says goodbye and says that it will probably not come to a meeting again. Shortly thereafter, she simply dissolves before the players’ eyes.

Who is Renna? Elden Ring, History, Lore

As players can learn a bit later in the game, Renna is a secret identity of Ranni the Witch. Ranni has actually been a member of the royal Caria family and was destined to become the successor of Queen Marika. However, Ranni did not want to be guided by the Greater Will and its proxies, the Two Fingers. To escape her fate, Ranni caused her own body to die by the Rune of Death and transferred her consciousness into a doll, with which she embarked on a dark path to ultimately kill the Two Fingers.

Players can find Ranni in the Liurnia Lakescape in the Three Sisters area. Here, the witch will offer the players that they can put themselves at Ranni’s service to eventually find a weapon to destroy the Two Fingers.

Why did Ranni create the identity of Renna?

After Ranni took the rune of death and eliminated her own body, she was no longer under the influence of the Two Fingers. However, because she is a member of a royal family and belongs to the so-called Empirics, she has powers that can be dangerous to the Greater Will.

For this reason, the Two Fingers have made Ranni the target of assassins for hire to find and kill the witch before she can carry out her plans. Ranni does have a protector in the form of the wolf-man Blaidd, however she has created the secret identity of Renna as an additional safeguard. In this way, she can move somewhat more freely through the interlands without everyone knowing directly who she really is. Only to those who are worthy in her eyes does Ranni reveal her true name.

What happens when players miss Renna? Elden Ring

Since Renna only appears when players meet the right prerequisites, it’s easy for players to miss her or not find her. This then also means that players will have to survive the early days without the ability to summon help in the form of spectral creatures for tricky battles.

After players have explored the interworld somewhat and rested at least 15 times in places of mercy in the upper world, Melina reappears and offers to take players to the round table fortress. From this point on, Renna no longer shows up at the Church of Elleh.

Fortunately, the stained can still get both the Spectral Summoning Bell and the Spectral Wolves, even if they haven’t met Renna. To do this, all they have to do is find and interact with the twin shells of the finger readers in the round table fortress. They can then buy the bell and the wolves from the finger readers.

Ranni’s quest line will still be available to players, however, even if they haven’t met Renna. She will be found in Ranni’s Ascension and players can still enter her service.

How to get to the capital Leyndell? Elden Ring


Warning: spoilers for the videogame Elden Ring

In order to reach the royal capital of Leyndell in the fantasy action role-playing game Elden Ring from Japanese video game developer From Software, players will have to fulfill some requirements. Leyndell is one of the main regions in the Interlands, the fantasy realm in which the action of Elden Ring is set. Access to this city is necessary to complete the main storyline of Elden Ring.

Elden Ring: Where is Leyndell located? Location, Path

Elden Ring is an open-world video game that is characterized by a high degree of gameplay freedom and various secrets. Therefore, it may well be possible to get to the royal capital of Leyndell via alternative paths. Here, the direct path is described, which is based on the stages of the main storyline.

The royal capital of Leyndell is located on the Altus Plateau, below the great earth tree that overlooks the center of the interlands. To reach this area, players must first cross the realms of Limgrave and Liurnia and then travel north. At the end of an occurring ravine is an elevator that can be used to reach the Altus Plateau. A bit further north is the main entrance to the royal capital of Leyndell.

Elden Ring: How to get to the royal capital Leyndell? Requirements

The main entrance to the royal capital of Leyndell is basically locked. Players must instead move east along the city wall until they reach the northeastern entrance gate. However, this is also locked until certain requirements are met. Players must possess at least two great runes to enter the royal capital of Leyndell through the northeast entrance. Two such runes that can be obtained by players beforehand are the runes of Rennala and Godrick.

Elden Ring: Obtain and activate the great rune of Godrick

Godrick is a boss enemy located in the northern part of Storm Veil Castle. If he is defeated by the players, they will receive the Great Rune of Godrick. However, before entering the royal capital of Leyndell, this great rune must also be activated.

The great rune of Godrick can be activated in the tower of Limgrave. To reach the Tower of Limgrave, players must travel to the Limgrave Tower Bridge from the entrance of Storm Veil Castle. From there, Storm Hill can be climbed. There is a portal there that will transport players directly to Limgrave Tower. The Great Rune of Godrick can be activated here by pressing a button.

Elden Ring: Obtain Rennala’s Great Rune

Rennala, the queen of the full moon, meets the players as a boss opponent in the academy of Raya Lucaria. The battle takes place in the great library. If the players defeat her, they will receive the Great Rune of Rennala. It does not need to be activated additionally.

Elden Ring: Defeat the Dragon Tree Sentinel and enter the Leyndell Royal Capital.

The northeastern entrance to the royal capital of Leyndell is open when the aforementioned great runes have been fought for and activated. However, before players can enter the city, they must also defeat the Dragon Tree Sentinel. The Dragon Tree Sentinel is a tougher version of the Tree Sentinel that players encountered at the beginning of Elden Ring.

Who is Roderika (Elden Ring)? NPC, Quest, Story, History, Lore


Roderika is an NPC that players can encounter in Elden Ring from FromSoftware. The young woman is one of the characters whose abilities are available to the tainted in the Round Table Fortress.

Where to find Roderika for the first time: Elden Ring

Roderika can be found at the beginning in Limgrave in the Storm Hill hut. The young woman is crouched on the ground wrapped in a red robe, looking distressed. She tells the players that she came to the interlands with a group of men, but all of her followers were killed. Roderika says that the men had their limbs cut off to give to a spider.

Speaking to her again, she also mentions that she was led by someone in a white mask towards Storm Veil Castle. This refers to the White-Faced Varre, whom the players themselves may have already met at the place of grace called The First Step, and who also wanted to guide the players to the castle.

When players look around Castle Storm Veil, they will find a dining room near an elevator where a grafted Sprout is doing its thing. Right nearby is a small backyard where a large mountain of mutilated corpses can be found. If the players examine the corpses, they will find a memento of Chrysalids. If the players return to Roderika with it, she will give them a ghost ash as a thank you, which can be used to summon a floating jellyfish.

The Next Meeting with Roderika (Elden Ring)

Once the players have defeated Godrick the Grafted, they can return to the Round Table Fortress. Roderika can then be found next to the fireplace. She thanks the players with a gold seed. Afterwards, if you keep talking to the blacksmith Hewg and Roderika alternately, the young woman realizes that she has a gift. She is apparently able to interact with and understand spirit ashes. Roderika wants to put her gift to good use and opens her own booth directly across from Hewg, where she improves her ghost ashes for players.

Later in the game, when players burn the earth tree, Roderika returns to the fireplace. She asks the players to talk to Hewg again. Because the round table fortress is about to go down, there are also no more chains holding the blacksmith captive. Roderika wants Hewg to escape. The blacksmith refuses, however, and Roderika must realize that she can do nothing against the curse that keeps the blacksmith in his place.

Roderika and the Manure Eater

The Manure Eater triggers strong emotions in Roderika, even if she doesn’t see it directly. However, she tells the players that she can sense his presence in one of the distant wings of the round table fortress. Roderika warns the stained not to get involved with the Manure Eater because she can sense that he has absorbed many souls, all of whom are crying out in pain and torment.

When the Manure Eater visits the Round Table Fortress a second time, Roderika notices that the chaos of the souls’ cries is different. She speaks of an order of fear, though she can’t name exactly what that means. If the players then complete the series of quests from the Manure Eater, he disappears from the Round Table Fortress for good. Roderika says that she can no longer perceive the souls. She is sure that they have escaped their captivity.

Mystery about Roderika’s origin: Elden Ring, Lore

Roderika is clearly not from the interlands. When first meeting her, she speaks of her husbands having sailed across the sea. This suggests that the young woman comes from a land that is far away.

It is also surprising that, although she wears simple squire armor, she speaks as if she had several retainers under her. Because Roderika has no weapons or fighting skills worth mentioning, it is unlikely that she is a leader in the military sense. But it is reasonable to assume that Roderika might have been a noblewoman, perhaps even a princess, in her homeland. The men who traveled with her might then have been the bodyguards who fell victim to Godrick’s mad experiments. Why Roderika came to the interlands, however, is not made clear. So it could be that she herself was searching for the fragments of the Elden Ring. But there could also be other reasons that are not revealed.

Who are the Silowiki? Meaning, definition, explanation


In Russia, “siloviki” refers to politicians or people with political influence who were previously intelligence officers, in the military, or the like.

The word “siloviki” literally means “man of force” in english.

In Russia, the siloviki are close advisors to Russian President Vladimir Putin.

Who are the Silowiki? Meaning, definition, explanation

The military invasion of Ukraine has managed, among other things, to bring to light some of the internal divisions at the top of the Kremlin.

While President Vladimir Putin has become the face and symbol of this war and all that lies behind it, he is not acting alone, and some observers say that his inner circle is characterized by people who firmly believe in war. And although at first glance one might assume that this circle includes some of the richest people and energy oligarchs – people who have control over a whole range of economic levers in Russia, this is not the case.
Some commentators believe that Putin despises these oligarchs and that his relations with them are based solely on mutual interests. The wealthy are probably far removed from the president’s actual inner circle and have no way of influencing his decisions, especially when it comes to the war in Ukraine and Russia’s foreign policy.

Instead, Putin consults with a circle of individuals known as the “siloviki” – military and intelligence officials who strongly support his actions in Ukraine and were themselves involved in drafting the plan for the Russian invasion.

These individuals are part of the Russian leader’s closest – and at the moment probably only – entourage.

Ideology of the Siloviki

The ideology of the siloviki is patriotism, which is the self-justification for their wealth, commented the Financial Times. The author recounts a conversation he had with a former Soviet official. “You know,” he mused, “in Soviet times, most of us were really happy to have a Lada, a color TV, access to specialty stores selling Western goods, and vacations in Sochi. We felt very comfortable and only compared ourselves to the rest of the population, not to the Western elites.”

The siloviki, of course, are wedded to the idea of social order, but it is a prerequisite for staying in power and, in their view, is essential to prevent Russia from returning to the chaos of the 1990s, the Russian Revolution, and civil war. The siloviki believe that the war in Ukraine will unite Russian society and are aware that it will push Russia toward China. Ukraine’s place in this doctrine is summed up by Zbigniew Brzeziński’s phrase: “Without Ukraine, Russia ceases to be a Eurasian empire.”

Silowiki: People / Persons

Igor Ivanovich Sechin

Most of the siloviki were part of the intelligence services and are now supporters of rapprochement with China, Western media write. Their informal leader is considered to be Igor Sechin, who, according to The Guardian newspaper, has daily access to Vladimir Putin, and that makes him extremely powerful. Moreover, the head of state’s contacts have been limited in the past two years because of the pandemic and now because of the war in Ukraine. Sechin is president of oil giant Rosneft and is considered the second most influential man in Russia. His company provides 40% of the country’s military budget – 1.8 trillion rubles in 2020, adds The Guardian. How much the budget was increased by during the war is unclear, but Igor Sechin’s place among Russia’s elite is assured. The local press calls him Darth Vader. He served as deputy head of the presidential administration from 1999 to 2008 and then as deputy prime minister for four years. The friendship between Sechin and Putin dates back to the early 1990s, when they traveled to Brazil together, Reuters reports. Both are from St. Petersburg.

His past, however, is shrouded in mystery. It is known that he worked as a military interpreter in Angola and Mozambique. Sechin himself denies having played a leading role in the siloviki circle. Shortly after the announcement of sanctions against Russian oligarchs in the resort town of La Ciotat, France seized a yacht worth 120 million euros said to belong to him. Amore Vero had arrived there in January for repairs. Her former name was “Princess Olga,” as Sechin’s second wife Olga Rozhkova is known. The yacht was renamed after the two separated in 2017. Sechin never acknowledged ownership of the vessel, but Novaya Gazeta newspaper showed photos on Instagram of his ex-wife on the 86-meter yacht, of all things, in which she traveled from port to port. According to the French government, Sechin is the owner of the offshore company that owns the Amore Vero.

Sergei Shoigu – Minister of Defense of the Russian Federation.

Shoigu has been General of the Russian Army and Minister of Defense since 2012; prior to that, he was Minister of Emergencies until 1991. Shoigu also heads Russia’s GRU military intelligence agency, which is blamed by the West for the poisonings of former Russian agent Sergei Skripal in Britain and opposition leader Alexei Nawalny. Sergei Shoigu was also in charge of the 2014 invasion of Crimea.

“Shoigu is responsible not only for the military and the army, but also in part for enforcing and maintaining the ideological part, especially in historical terms,” Russian security expert Andrei Soldatov told the BBC.
It is also Shoigu who is (currently) seen as the most likely possible successor to Putin if he decides one day to step down from power.

Silowiki: Valery Vasilyevich Gerasimov

Gerasimov has been chief of the General Staff of the Russian Armed Forces since 2012, deputy defense minister, and a member of the Russian Federation Security Council.

As such, he has played a major role in Putin’s military campaigns – since the war in Chechnya and also in the annexation of Crimea. And now he has personally overseen the military exercises in Belarus that preceded the invasion of Ukraine.
Some say it is unclear how much trust Gerasimov still has in Putin, especially after the original plan to quickly take over Ukraine fell through. Others, however, say Putin had not lost him at that point.

Shoigu and Gerasimov were the two Putin asked to put Russia’s “containment forces” on standby, which they both emphatically said yes to.

Gerasimov is also credited with a doctrine for achieving Russian strategic goals that includes military, technological, informational, diplomatic, economic, and cultural tactics.

Siloviki: Nikolai Platonovich Patrushev

He is the chairman of the Russian Security Council. He served in the KGB and then headed the successor organization, the FSB, from 1999 to 2008. Patrushev has been at Putin’s side since the 1970s, when the future president worked for the KGB in St. Petersburg. The other two with whom Putin has worked closely since that time are intelligence chief Alexander Bortnikov and intelligence chief Sergei Naryshkin.

“Patrushev is the biggest hawk who believes the West has been trying to subjugate Russia for years,” Ben Noble, professor of Russian politics at University College London, told the BBC.

In 2015, he was a professor at the University of London. Patrushev told Kommersant that “the U.S. would prefer Russia not to exist as a state at all.”

Patrushev considers Ukraine a “clone of the West” and the revolution there a product of deliberate U.S. efforts to distance the country from Russia. “An entire generation was taught there to hate Russia and believe in the myth of “European values,” he told Rossiyskaya Gazeta in 2014.

In 2016, following the British Ministry of Justice’s investigation into the poisoning of KGB and FSB agent Alexander Litvinenko, Judge Robert Owen declared that the killing “was probably approved by Russian President Putin and the director of intelligence services, Nikolai Patrushev.”

Patrushev accompanies Putin on his favorite trips to Siberia to hunt and fish and, in some people’s opinion, has the most importance compared to the rest of Putin’s entourage.

What is stonewalling? Dating trend, meaning, definition, explanation


Stonewalling (building walls) means refusing to communicate with someone and thus refusing any cooperation. The term is used for toxic relationships and suboptimal dating, but also for diplomatic and legal negotiations.

Stonewalling is evident in body language alone, which can be aimed at avoiding any constructive interaction with a counterpart. It also includes certain conversational techniques: The individuals in question who use stonewalling distract in conversation and attempt to undermine it and render it meaningless. They give vague and sparse answers, refuse to answer legitimate questions, or counter them with questions of their own. Stonewalling is one of the stalling tactics rather than the avoidance tactics.

Stonewalling in politics, in business and by lawyers

Stonewalling in politics or in legal and business negotiations will only be briefly touched upon here. Politicians stonewall by simply avoiding certain questions, which is a popular means, among other things, when they have to answer to a committee of inquiry.

In U.S. politics, stonewalling became very notorious during the Watergate scandal beginning in 1972: Then-President Richard Nixon strictly refused to comment on inquiries and substantiated suspicions. It was no use to him: he had to resign in the wake of the affair. Lawyers and business partners also sometimes stonewall to keep their cards close to their chest. They withhold information for an advantage as long as possible, so the negotiators of a deal their opportunity to give way even further in price. Lawyers suppress crucial information for a long time in order to pull it out of the hat in court at the crucial moment and thus impress a jury at the right time, for example. Prosecutors, however, often break through such walls by offering felonies incentives such as immunity.

Stonewalling in Dating or in Relationships

Stonewalling already occurs during dating, and it can also occur in a relationship. In dating, one of the two partners, who has no serious intentions or is still otherwise committed but does not want to admit it, might permanently block corresponding questions. In an established relationship, this also occurs. One partner, or sometimes both, communicate inadequately and with cover-up intentions, which almost always leads to the failure of the relationship.

The U.S. therapist John Gottman has developed a cascade model with different phases that characterize the dissolution of a relationship. Phase 4, in his view, is one or mutual stonewalling. According to his studies, it is mainly men who use this technique to distance themselves from the criticism of their partners, but women also master stonewalling especially when they are already having an affair on the side. Gottman was also able to prove physiological consequences of stonewalling. Men are motivated by their own stonewalling, they become more active and communicate more vividly when they are in the realm of a made-up story.

But there is also the effect that they calm down a lot by this communication veriante. Women sense a male partner’s stonewalling, even if they can’t see through it completely, and respond with increased heart rate. Temporarily, Gottman says, stonewalling can stabilize a relationship because it also provides plausible explanations for odd behavior (for example, unexplained absences or tardiness). In the long run, however, it undermines the relationship and, in Gottman’s view, is one of the main reasons for divorces. This is because stonewalling, in its purest form, means degraded communication: the partners can no longer listen to each other and, as a result, understand each other. They no longer carry out their disagreements constructively and no longer perceive the arguments and concerns of the other side. This undermines their ability to commit to the relationship. The partner who engages in stonewalling also harms himself because, for example, he no longer allows himself to be helped with professional concerns. He negates them to the partner through the wall that has been built. Gottman also postulates that stonewalling is deeply rooted in human behavior. It is a facet of our fight-or-flight responses with which we react to stress and threat.

Symptoms of stonewalling

Stonewalling can be identified by enlightened partners who are also skilled observers. Depending on the type of wall, which may ultimately be the wall of a building of lies, the following reactions of the partner who is stonewalling will result:

  • frequent, inexplicable silence
  • monotonous mumbling of the partner (talking to oneself instead of communicating with the partner)
  • leaving the room when a potentially conflict-laden situation is imminent
    lengthy, rambling explanations for inexplicable behavior (absenteeism, tardiness), which can lead to fanciful stories
  • answer questions with counter-questions
  • cleverly and permanently distract from an important topic

There are even more techniques. If you think your partner is stonewalling, you only have to ask yourself one thing: Are the questions that are burning on my own mind ever actually clarified?

What can be done about stonewalling? Measures, tips

Stonewalling can be overcome by both partners. It is important to know that the partner who resorts to stonewalling more often (for the sake of simplicity, marked as male here) often does so out of necessity, because he is unable to resolve conflicts communicatively. When he finds that he can get away with it, he uses stonewalling more and more often. This does not mean that he does not suffer from it and would like to end it, which makes his inclusion in the methods of overcoming it plausible. Stonewalling of notorious liars is to be distinguished from this. There are such people who really feel comfortable only when they make up stories and, incidentally, conceal a lot of things, which in turn belongs to real stonewalling. It makes them feel superior. Such people also lie about trivial matters, although these lies do not actually give them any advantage. They also conceal things that they could have calmly said. It is important for dating to identify such people in time and stay away from them, because their stonewalling and lying are pathological reactions that they will never discard. Otherwise, however, if stonewalling is born out of necessity in an already established relationship, it can be overcome by both parties in this way:

  • The partner who is relatively conscious of stonewalling themselves should let it go and instead switch to the formula, “I’m overwhelmed right now, give me a break!”
  • The partner who suspects or identifies the partner’s stonewalling (based on the above symptoms) should openly communicate, “I sense that you can’t tell me the whole truth. Please tell me when you are ready.”

Both partners can arrange this form of communication. It can save their relationship.

What is Heartland Theory? Meaning, definition, explanation


The Heartland Theory was established in 1904 by the British Halford Mackinder (1861 – 1947). It considers geopolitics and strategy in the light of a Russian-influenced “Heartland”.

Origin of the Heartland Theory

Mackinder was a geographer; he introduced the theory in a paper for the Royal Geographical Society entitled “The geographical pivot of history.” He later incorporated it into his work Democratic Ideals and Reality. With the theory of a heartland, he wanted to warn his countrymen, who at that time were still living in the consciousness of the British Empire. His point was that the powers in the Heartland (or Russia, which was already dominant in this geographic region at the time) were very significant simply because of their location.

Mackinder worked very thoroughly on his Heartland theory and also looked at economic, technical and industrial resources as well as raw materials and population in the Heartland. He was really concerned with comparing land and sea powers. Britain had eventually built up its global position as a naval power, but Mackinder came to the conclusion that the land power in the Heartland – i.e. Russia – could become more powerful. After the end of the First World War, the researcher updated his theory, which is still considered highly significant today and appears more explosive than ever since Russia’s imperialist aspirations of recent years.

Geography: Heartland Theory

According to Mackinder, there is a world island and a “heartland.” According to this theory, the world island consists purely geographically of the physically connected continents of Europe, Africa and Asia. In geographical terms, they together form the largest land mass on earth, and at the same time the largest number of people with the greatest economic power live here. Arranged in a crescent shape, Mackinder also identified coastal and offshore islands. He counted the entire American continent and Australia among the latter, while Great Britain, for example, is a coastal island. The Heartland (the Pivot Area) occupies the center of the World Island. It stretches between the Volga and Yangtze rivers and from the Arctic continent to the Himalayas. This area was already predominantly ruled by the Russian Empire, and later by the Soviet Union.

What does the Heartland Theory say?

It is an orthodox geopolitical theory based on a materialistic view of man. It is based on the competition of people and states who want to increase their geographical spheres of influence and thus their resources. For centuries, this had been achieved by naval powers such as the British in their Columbian Age, which had begun with the discovery of America by Christopher Columbus but was drawing to a close in the early 20th century. There were other theorists before Mackinder, such as Alfred Thayer Mahan, who believed that basically naval powers had a greater chance of dominance. This Mackinder absolutely challenged. He demonstrated that historically, maritime powers had always dominated at times and land powers at times.

The latter could also defeat naval powers by conquering their bases from land. Although Great Britain was able to effectively control the world’s oceans and thus many overseas territories with its fleet from the 16th/17th to the late 19th century, land powers gained significantly more influence as early as the second half of the 19th century due to new technological developments. These included the steam engine, the railroad, and finally motorized road transport. In the course of this, road and rail networks were significantly expanded, which strengthened the power of continental states. Russia, however, lagged behind more developed states in both technology and infrastructure at the turn of the 19th and 20th centuries.

Mackinder predicted, however, that this “heartland” – European Russia and Western Siberia – would gain significantly more influence once it had the necessary transport routes, technology and a correspondingly high industrial and economic standard. Russia could then rise to become a powerful continental state, the dominant state of the “Heartland” and finally the ruler of the “World Island” (i.e. Europe, Africa and Asia). The next step would then be world domination. Mackinder believed that the ruler of Eastern Europe must also be the ruler of the Heartland, the latter the ruler of the World Island, and ultimately the ruler of the whole world. This was also due, Mackinder argued, to the fact that vast resources of raw materials and population would accrue to a state with this increasing influence.

A central statement of the Heartland Theory is: Whoever dominates Eastern Europe, dominates the world.

Derivations of Mackinder in the early 20th century

After 1918, Mackinder believed that Germany, the largest state in Central Europe, could concentrate on dominating Eastern Europe and then the Heartland, the World Island, and eventually the entire world. Germany, of course, was at that time considerably weakened by World War I, but, as is well known, Adolf Hitler later followed precisely this idea. Mackinder was already of the opinion that this war could have ended differently and that there would possibly be a new attempt by Germany to do so. In this he was right. Possibly Hitler was aware of the Heartland theory. In any case, all his efforts amounted to following its logic.

Current View of the Heartland Theory (2022)

In the spring of 2022, the Heartland Theory seems more topical than ever. Now that Germany has squandered its chance to dominate the Heartland and later the world some 80 years ago and Russia has become a modern state in the meantime, it is time for this state in the geographical center of the Heartland to finally also militarily assert its dominance as intended by the Heartland theory. Again, we do not know whether Putin knows this theory and to what extent he trusts its logic. However, he is behaving similarly to Hitler. This would not bode well for the near future, with Putin reaching for dominance in Eastern Europe. See: What is the Suwalki Gap?

Reception and Further Developments of the Heartland Theory

Of course, the theory has always been controversial. Orthodox representatives of geopolitics like to believe in it, even if they consider Mackinder’s conclusions somewhat simplistic. This is probably why he underestimated the role of the United States, which was quite foreseeable in the 1910s to 1920s. This was noted, among others, by the U.S. political scientist C. Dale Walton.

There is more criticism from other quarters. For example, according to some researchers, Mackinder is said to have simply underestimated the fact that the naval powers, for their part, could regain their old power in entirely new ways (for example, through technical innovations). This indeed happened, namely by the U.S. developing nuclear weapons and long-range missiles and bombers, which in turn could sensitively strike the Heartland. There were also scholars in the 1940s who considered the Heartland theory to be very well founded.

For example, U.S. geographer Nicholas J. Spykmans formulated the thesis at that time that the United States would have to enter the war to prevent control of the world’s island by powers such as Germany, which could actually use that domination to reach for the entire world. If there are currently politicians who believe in this theory, they would have to try with all their might to contain Russia’s expansionist ambitions.

What is the Nuremberg Code (1947)? Meaning, Definition, Explanation, Content


The Nuremberg Code is an ethical guideline that regulates the preparation and conduct of medical, psychological, and other experiments performed on human subjects.

What is the Nuremberg Code (1947)? Meaning, definition, explanation

The Code consists of ten clearly defined points which state that a subject’s voluntary consent to experimentation is absolutely necessary.

For this to happen, the subject must be capable of making the decision in the legal sense. Consent for experimental purposes must still be voluntary, without pressure, force, deception, fraud, or coercion. The subject must be able to make his or her own decision without being persuaded or coerced in any way to give consent for experimental purposes.

Furthermore, the person must be aware of all details such as the purpose of the experiment, the dangers, any consequential harm, what means will be used and the length of the experiment. Only then can he be in a position to make a fully informed decision.

The Nuremberg Code was established in 1947 and remains one of the international principles of medical ethics. This legal code established clear guidelines for human experimentation that remain the basis of medical education today.

Why does the Nuremberg Code exist? History, reasons

The Nuremberg Code was established in 1947 at the Nuremberg Medical Trial after the verdict was pronounced.

During the Nazi period, doctors performed various experiments on people who were in concentration camps in the name of research. Without regard for their health or lives, forced sterilization and other criminal medical experiments were performed on the prisoners. Among other things, the doctors conducted high-altitude experiments in pressure chambers, hypothermia experiments, typhus, sulfonamide and poison experiments on the prisoners. Furthermore, the drinking of seawater was tested on them.

Finally, in 1947, the largest medical trial in history took place. The U.S. Military Tribunal brought charges in Nuremberg against these 20 doctors and three others accused of organizing medical crimes. After 140 days of trial, the verdict was then handed down by the U.S. Military Court, which ended with seven death sentences, five life sentences, four long-term sentences, and seven acquittals. As a result of this verdict, on August 20, 1947, the U.S. Military Tribunal issued a ten-point code, which subsequently became known as the Nuremberg Code and remains the basis for human experimentation to this day. This ensures that today’s medicine is based on bioethical principles.

What is the purpose of the Nuremberg Code? Purpose

The purpose of the Nuremberg Code is to ensure that human rights and human dignity are preserved and that undignified medical experiments on human beings are avoided. The ten-point Nuremberg Code, adopted in 1947, has had additional points added to it by UNESCO, the World Medical Association, and the Council of Europe in order to adapt it to today’s situation.

To ensure that the fundamental principles of the Code are not forgotten, the Nuremberg regional group of the Association of International Physicians for the Prevention of Nuclear War (IPPNW) commemorated the 50th anniversary of the Nuremberg Code. At its Medicine and Conscience congress, the association supplemented the Code with its own ethical questions and those relating to today on the topics of reproductive medicine, prenatal diagnostics, genetic diagnostics, transplantation medicine, euthanasia and end-of-life care.

Through the ten points of the Code, a clear dividing line is drawn between medical experiments and crimes against humanity, and such crimes or crimes similar to those of World War II are to be prevented with the Nuremberg Code.

The Ten Points of the Nuremberg Code: Content

1. Before the subject can give his consent to experiments, he must be informed of the nature, length, purpose of the experiment, the method, and the means to be used. Furthermore, the subject must be informed of the consequential harm, danger, and inconvenience he or she can expect as a result of the experiment.
The person who directs, orders, or conducts the experiment has a duty to determine the value of consent. This duty may not be delegated to others with impunity.

2. the experiment must be conducted in such a way that the results serve the welfare of society and that these results cannot be achieved by other methods or means of research. Furthermore, the experiments must not be superfluous or arbitrary.

3. the experiment must be conducted in such a way that the results justify the experiment. Furthermore, it must be based on animal experiments and knowledge about the disease.

4. all unnecessary physical and mental harm and suffering must be avoided in the conduct of the experiment.

5. the experiment must not be carried out under any circumstances if it can be assumed that serious harm or death may result. However, if the experimenter also serves as the subject of the experiment, an exception may be made under certain circumstances.

6. hazards must not exceed the limits imposed by the humanitarian significance of the problem.

7. to protect the subject from any injury, permanent damage, or death, the experiment must be carefully prepared and conducted in an appropriate facility.

8. the person conducting or performing the experiment shall be required to exercise the utmost skill and caution in all aspects of the experiment, and the experiments shall be conducted only by scientifically qualified persons.

9. if the subject reaches a point where he or she is physically or mentally unable to continue the experiment, he or she may terminate the experiment at any time.

10. if, during the experiment, the experimenter has concerns based on his/her judgment or must anticipate injury, permanent damage, or death to the subject, the experiment must be terminated.

What is a shadowban? What is shadow banning? (on Twitter, Instagram,…)


“Shadow banning” or a “shadowban” is the term used to describe a technique on social networks and forums that ensures that posts an account publishes reach fewer to no people. Whether someone is affected by a shadowban, this person is usually not informed by the social network.

What is a Shadowban? Meaning, definition, explanation

A “Shadowban” serves to block the content of a user, but is not a direct blocking or deletion of the account. The aim of a shadowban is that the content of the affected user is “shadowed” and becomes invisible to others.

Among others, a “shadowban” has been observed on the following platforms: Instagram, Reddit, Twitter, WeChat

Shadow banning is also followed as:

  • stealth banning
  • ghost banning
  • comment ghosting

How a shadowban becomes noticeable

When an account is affected by a “shadowban,” it is evident by the fact that the reach/visibility of new posts has plummeted and interactions (such as shares or likes) have also plummeted.

The interaction that still takes place is almost exclusively by users who already follow or are fans.

There is usually no change in the number of subscribers. Users can continue to view their own posts. Posts are usually not deleted.

In addition, a shadowban ensures that only followers of the account can see posts on certain hashtags in the social network search. Non-followers will not see the content of the account that is affected by the shadow ban, or hardly at all.

Twitter Shadowban Test

For Twitter you can use this tool to find out if (your) account is affected by a shadowban: Shadowban.com/tester

Instagram Shadowban Test

Publish a post with your Instagram profile under a certain hashtag. Now ask a friend or create a second account. Ask the other account to follow you. If he follows you, you check in the Instagram search whether your post is displayed for the specific hashtag. Now this second account unfollows you and you check Instagram search again to see if your post is displayed for your particular hashtag. If you see the post, you are not shadow-banned. If you don’t see it, then you are affected.

Why is a shadowban imposed

A shadowban is imposed when a user has violated the rules of the social network. These can be, among others:

  • Using bots or automated services (e.g., automated commenting, automated following)
  • Buying fans, followers or reactions
  • Overuse of a hashtag (Will be classified as spam partly).
  • Over- and under-activity – if too many posts are liked at once in a short period of time, or too many people unfollow or follow, with no interaction at all the rest of the time, this can trigger a shadowban.
  • NSFW hashtags may be blocked. Hashtags used to promote Ü18 content may cause content to receive less reach
  • Your hashtags are on a blocked list / blacklist. For certain hashtags, some social networks censor the newsfeed.
  • The account has received too many complaints.

What to do in case of a shadowban

In the case of a shadowban, you have little you can do immediately. Try to work through this list:

  • Check if you have engaged in any misconduct as mentioned in the paragraph before. If so, refrain from using unfavorable hashtags, for example, or change your activity.
  • File a complaint or report a problem. This can help.
  • Take a break. Do, seriously. Publish fewer posts or refrain from Instagram or Twitter for a few days.

What is the goal of a shadowban

The purpose of a shadowban is to prevent the content that spammers spread on social networks from being displayed on an equal footing with the content of average, genuine or serious users. It is a muzzle, so to speak.

This has one goal: To frustrate the spammer, make him rethink his method and publish better content or stay away from the social network.

This is often about preserving the social network provider’s intended use of the network.

What does the number 187 mean? Meaning, definition, explanation


The number 187 is the number of the section in the California Penal Code that deals with murder. The code “One-Eight-Seven” is used in police radio communications. Gangs have picked up on the three-number combination and use it as a threat to commit murder. The number has spread among gangs and in rap in the United States, the United Kingdom (UK), Canada, and Germany. Rap artists use the number in their lyrics or as a name for their crew.

187 is rarely pronounced “One-hundred-eighty-seven,” but rather: “One-Eight-Seven” or “One-Eighty-Seven.”

187 in California Penal Code: Meaning, Explanation

California Penal Code section 187 is defined as follows: “The unlawful killing of a human being, or a fetus, with malice aforethought.” The exception is the birth of a child that could lead to the death of the mother, for which the death of the child is considered.
Bail for murder in California is $750,000.

In the German penal code, “187” would stand for section 187 defamation. A libel is a defamatory and disparaging statement.

Spread of 187

In the 1992 rap song “Deep Cover” by Dr. Dre and Snoop Dogg, 187 is mentioned in the hook.

The German gangsta rap group “187 Strassenbande” uses the number in their name. Their members are: Gzuz, Bonez Mc, LX, Maxwell, SA4 and Frost.

“187 – A Deadly Number” is the title of a 1997 movie, starring Samuel L. Jackson. The movie is about an idealistic teacher at a New York problem school who becomes a victim of state violence after a student writes the numbers “187” in his textbook.

“187 Ride or Die” was the name of a video game released by Ubisoft in 2005 for PS2 and Xbox. The game was a mix of action and racing game. It received below average reviews.

“187 Shadow Lane” is a movie released in 2003.

The British band “187 Lockdown” named their first solo album “187”.

The wrestler “Nelson Erazo” also goes by the name “Homicide” or “Notorious 187.”

“Come to 187” is a song by Gzuz. He raps among other things: “187 that’s more than just rapping lyrics”.

“187” is a song by Snoop Dogg. He raps, among other things: “The 1-8-7 don’t stop, on undercover cops”.

“What happened” is a song Gzuz feat. Bonez MC. Lyrics line: “What happened, happened, 187 controlled.”

“187” is a song by C-Bo. He raps among other things: 187 and it’s murder (murder).

“Forza 187” is a song by Sa4. He raps, among other things: “That’s three hundred horsepower, digga, Forza 187”.

“187” is a song by Juicy Gay. Lyrics: “All I want is 187 and booze”.

What is a black swan? Meaning, definition, origin


In economics and the stock market, a “black swan” is a rare, unexpected and unforeseen event that has a major impact and powerful influence on the current situation. A black swan ends the normality that has prevailed until now. It can cause stock market collapses and throw markets off their course.

What is a black swan? What does the metaphor mean? Meaning, definition

The “black swan” as a metaphor ultimately stands for two things: there is always a residual risk and you can never prepare for everything. Because you can’t prepare for a black swan, it surprises us and hits us unexpectedly. It just happens and nobody suspected it! (This German saying also fits well here: “It always comes differently than one thinks.”) As a conclusion from this it is true that one should never be too sure of oneself, that one should question certainties and that one should never see things too one-sidedly. It is true that the world remains unpredictable and that the black swan reminded us humans of this.

Even if one cannot prepare for a black swan, one can learn from it. Because the black swan reveals weaknesses and shortcomings. It shows that certain risks have been underestimated up to now, if they have been taken into account.

In nature, swans always appear as a pair. This does not apply to “black swans.” They are singular events.

The metaphor “black swan” is now used not only in business, financial markets and the stock market, but also in politics and science.

Examples of a black swan are: Lehman Brothers bankruptcy in 2008, nuclear disaster in Fukushima in 2011, nuclear phase-out in Germany in 2011, Corona virus (Covid-19) in 2019/2020.

Winning the lottery is a black swan. Possible, but very unlikely!

Partly it is also spoken of the “black swan effect” or “black swan event”.

Where does the expression “black swan” come from? Meaning, word origin

The term “black swan” was coined by publicist and stock market trader Nassim Nicolas Taleb in his book “The Black Swan: The Power of Highly Improbable Events.” In this book, he refers to events that are highly improbable and have violent consequences as a “black swan.” (Nassim Nicolas Taleb published the book in 2007.)

Nassim Nicolas Taleb has used the metaphor “black swan” for events with both positive and negative outcomes.

Nassim Nicolas Taleb writes about how people settle into a “zone of predictability” and find their comfort zone there. This leads them to stop looking at extremely unlikely events and believe with false certainty that they have “everything” under control. According to Taleb, even experts do not foresee “black swans.” Also, “black swans” are hardly derivable from experience or history.

Further, Taleb comments that people know much less than they believe. Even if they think they learn from the past and make better predictions, they distort their memories and partly rewrite the past. (Keyword: backward looking error) Taleb expresses himself that it is an illusion to believe that we humans completely understand and correctly classify presently occurring events.

Discovery of the black swans

The metaphor and idea of the black swan goes back to the Roman poet Juvenal. He lived in the 1st and 2nd century. He knew only white swans. In one of his texts he expressed that a faithful wife is like a rare bird that exists only in foreign lands. A rare bird comparable to a black swan. (Note: What he was actually saying was that there are no faithful wives or that it is impossible for wives – in his opinion – to be faithful).

Even in the Middle Ages, the belief that there were only white swans persisted. Black swans were even said to have an ominous effect, so that no one ever wanted to see one or could imagine that black swans existed. (The color black was and is associated with sickness, suffering and death).

Black swans were considered unclean, dirty and polluted because of their color. White swans on the other hand, because of their white color, were a symbol of purity and power. This led to the fact that many noblemen used the swan as a heraldic animal and also named places after him. Only two famous castles are mentioned here: Neuschwanstein and Hohenschwangau.

Until the 17th century, black swans were unknown in Europe. People knew only white swans. (It was unthinkable to them that swans could also be black.) It was not until the European and Dutch navigator, Willem de Vlamingh, saw real black swans in Australia in 1697. Reports of these sightings spread among sailors. In English, the metaphor of the black swan, an unlikely but not impossible event, emerged.

In Europe, the black swan caused a stir and was a zoological sensation. For the previously believed truth that all swans were white proved to be false.

Karl Popper and black swans

Karl Popper (1902-1994) also used the “black swan” metaphor in his work on the limits of empirical research. The metaphor served him to illustrate that observations can never verify hypotheses, but they can falsify them.

Example: Someone observes swans and wants to determine what color they are. The swan observer now sees 50 swans and all of them are white. He concludes that the plumage of all swans is white. This observation encounters a problem, because the swan observer can never look at all swans (in this world). Thus, it remains open whether there is possibly a swan that is not white. Thus the statement “All swans are white” can never be verified.

However, the opposite is possible. The statement “All swans are white” can be disproved. For this only one (1!) swan must be found, which is not white.

As a consequence, the swan observer can qualify his statement: “Not all swans are white”.

Further meaning of black swan

There is one species of swan that is actually black. This species is called a mourning swan or black swan. Its scientific name is “Cygnus atratus”.

A synonym for “black swan” is “white raven.”

“Black Swan” is a movie released in 2010 by director Darren Aronofsky starring Natalie Portman.

What is “love bombing”? Meaning, definition, explanation


The term “love bombing” is used for a manipulative behavioral reference in dating. In “love bombing,” a person is blindsided by the other person, often on the first date, with intense expressions of love and appreciation. This includes frequent messaging, increased interest, and early declarations of love.

What is “love bombing”? Meaning, definition, explanation.

These signs of “love bombing” are initially perceived by victims as sweet and charming. However, the aim of “love bombing” is to make the other person emotionally dependent. Often, after a short time, the desire is then expressed to move in together, or to take a longer vacation.

The meaning behind the term “Love bombing”

The word “bombing” indicates the abundance and intensity of the expressions of love that are initially expressed by “love bombers”. However, like a bomb whose impact creates a large explosion, but which eventually peters out and leaves a crater, this phase quickly ends. “Love bombers” suddenly show a different side of themselves.

If those affected do not comply with the wishes of “love bombers”, they react with accusations of guilt, quarrelsomeness and humiliation. Affected persons are accused of not reciprocating love sufficiently. Normal wishes (hobbies, being with friends, privacy) are then no longer accepted by the “love bomber”. Affected persons are portrayed as selfish when they express the need for their own lifestyle. This can extend to the smallest areas of life, such as the choice of clothing.

Basically, “love bombers” punish unwanted behavior of the other person with silence, rejection and devaluations. If the affected person behaves as desired, the love expressions return. In this way, “love bombers” try to get their counterparts to behave exactly as they want them to. They exploit the emotional dependency relationship that has been created in order to gain complete control over affected persons.

That is why the term “love bombing” has become established in the vernacular for this specific phenomenon. Psychologists are increasingly recognizing “love bombing” as a form of psychological manipulation.

“Love bombing” as an Expression of a Difficult Personality

There are no official studies and statistics about gender relations in “love bombing”. However, it is assumed that most “love bombers” are men. Low self-esteem is believed to be the cause of men’s manipulative and controlling behavior.

It is also believed that many “love bombing” prone men have a heightened narcissistic personality. This can be seen, among other things, in the fact that such men tend to blame others for their own misbehavior, even outside of their relationships. “Love bombing” by women with similar personality traits, however, is not impossible.

Recognizing love bombing

The feelings that occur in almost every new relationship – strong emotionality and a feeling of weightlessness – can be separated from the specific phenomenon of “love bombing.” This is rather characterized by the deliberate use of the psychological tactic of alternating praise and punishment.

Victims of “love bombing” find themselves in a situation of emotional abuse. This often makes it difficult for them to even recognize the “love bombing”. When the partner’s behaviors that indicate this are recognized, those affected still have great difficulty extricating themselves from the negative relationship. They may have developed strong feelings about their manipulative partner themselves. Furthermore, attempts to separate are rarely accepted by “love bombers”.

What does cheugy mean? Meaning, definition, explanation, TikTok


“Cheugy” means unfashionable, old-fashioned, untrendy and no longer up to date in the context of basic, simple and boring.

What does cheugy mean? Meaning, definition, explanation, TikTok

The specific meaning of cheugy is:

  • A person who frantically tries to be modern and “up to date” is “cheugy”. (The word “tryhard” also fits here.)
  • A person who chases or lags behind trends is “cheugy”.

In particular, basic fashion (aesthetics) and girlboss culture is cheugy.

“Cheugy” as an adjective should be understood to mean someone who has generic tastes. That is, a taste like everyone else. Someone who is cheugy has things that are found in the possession of many others as well. So nothing special or unique. Nevertheless, these things are just not “hip”, hip, up to date or modern.

An experience, event, experience or object is cheugy if it is generic in nature and perceived or done by many people.

In other words, someone who was “basic” in their 20s will be cheugy in their 30s.

“Cheugy” is used as an adjective to describe trends, experiences, or people as old-fashioned in the sense of boring or basic. Cheugy can be applied to any person, regardless of age.

“Cheugy” has a slightly negative connotation. It is used as a foreign term, but also as a self-designation.

“Cheugy” is pronounced as follows: “shoe-gie” or in English “chew-gee”.

Cheugy: Generation Z and the Millenials

“Cheugy” is used by Generation Z to distinguish themselves from Millenials. This is because Millenials are “basic” and “cheugy” in the eyes of some Generation Z individuals.

In the eyes of some Generation Z TikTokers, favorite things of Generation Y are “cheugy”. They are, for example:

  • Avocados
  • Black Eyed Peas
  • Cake Pops
  • The tear laughing emoji
  • Depacito (song)
  • Friends
  • Girlboss Aesthetics
  • Harry Potter
  • Minion Memes
  • Rae Dunn (mugs printed with text)
  • Skinny Jeans
  • Sneaker Culture
  • Star Bucks
  • Taylor Swift
  • The Masked Singer
  • The Office
  • Ugg Boots

Items or social media posts that include the following words are cheugy:

  • Live Laugh Love
  • Keep Calm and …
  • Wine O’Clock

But the following items are uncheugy / non-cheugy:

  • Birkenstock shoes
  • handmade products
  • Levi jeans

Cheugy: word origin, history, meaning.

The term “cheugy” became popular in May 2021 through TikTok. But the expression has existed in the English-speaking world for a longer time.

The term “cheugy” was coined by 15-year-old high school student Gabby Rasson in 2013. At the time, she was looking for a term for people who chase trends and don’t really understand them.

Cheugy: meaning and explanation

Editor’s comment: “Cheugy” is Generation Z’s attempt to distinguish itself from Generation Y (Millenials). This makes sense because while Generation Z individuals are in their 20s, many Millenials are already in their 30s. Thus, Generation Z still belongs only to youth, while Generation Y belongs to yesterday’s youth. (Being “yesterday’s youth” means different rules apply. One should no longer believe that one is always up to date and modern, as well as belonging to the trend-setting youth).

That there is cheugy, however, is also downright logical. Because every generation gets older at some point and thus no longer belongs to youth. The tone is set by a new generation. It now sets the trends, while the older generation does things like getting married and having children. (That leaves less time to follow every trend or be very active on social media).

To be specific: Cheugy is an announcement to Generation Y. The message is: You are no longer modern. You are no longer up to date. You are old-fashioned. You no longer belong to the youth of today!

However, cheugy should not be taken too seriously. If you simply enjoy Taylor Swift, you should listen to her music. Because wouldn’t it be cheugy if you renounce your favorite music to seem modern?

What does Diamond Hands mean? Meaning, definition, explanation


Investors who stick to an investment decision not only with the proverbial iron fist, but with an even harder diamond fist, are known as Diamond Hands.

What does “Diamond Hands” mean? Meaning, definition, explanation

There is now a meme for this term, which shows a fist formed from diamonds. This came up when investors bet on Gamestop stock (WKN: A0HGDX) from early 2021, which they had arranged to buy on the social network Reddit and whose price initially rose fabulously, only to fall again afterwards. The Diamond Hands held on to Gamestop, while their counterparts – the so-called Paper Hands – sold off the losses fearfully. Diamond Hands, on the other hand, stand steadfastly by their convictions. The term is credited to the Reddit board, but this type of investor has always existed: the most successful investors in the world are Diamond Hands at heart, as we will show.

Diamond Hands of the Big Investors: Buffett, Soros & Co.

Those investors who became billionaires on the stock market and are among the richest people in the world are or have Diamond Hands. The two most famous names are Warren Buffett and George Soros. They are not mere speculators, although Soros became very famous with his speculation on the fall in the value of the British pound in 1992. But at their core, they are so-called value investors. They are looking for values they can believe in forever. Warren Buffett made the statement that he basically never buys a stock that he ever wants to sell again. These are true Diamond Hands.

Of course, Buffett, Soros & Co. also sell when prices fall, realizing profits for the most part. But at their core, they live on a rather small salary as fund managers (Buffett: ~$7,000/month) and are constantly making decisions about which stocks to add to the portfolio and then holding on to them with Diamond Hands. In doing so, they manage the money of clients who trust their investment decisions. Their fund (like Warren Buffett’s Berkshire Hathaway) receives a small commission for this and can pay its manager Buffett a salary for this. In addition, Soros & Buffett themselves buy the stocks they recommend, if only to remain credible to their clients, hold on to them with Diamond Hands and became billionaires in this way.

How does an investment strategy with Diamond Hands work?

To hold on to stocks with Diamond Hands, investors must follow the strategy of value investing. This is what the big investors have been practicing for decades. They identify undervalued stocks based on certain metrics such as the P/E (price-to-earnings) ratio and based on their business model, then buy them and hold them regardless of price fluctuations. Both are important:

The P/E ratio and other fundamental ratios prove that the stock is trading comparatively cheaply on the stock market in relation to the company’s earnings. There is potential for the share price to rise.
The business model is absolutely promising. Such business models are currently (2021) tech stocks and stocks associated with renewable energies. There are a few more business areas, such as biotechnology.

However, it is not enough for a company to be in a modern business field. Even such companies can fail, like the German company Solarworld, which manufactured very modern monocrystalline solar modules and ended up delivering ready-to-use photovoltaic modules to customers. The company, which was listed on the ÖkoDAX from 2007, eventually got into trouble and filed for insolvency in 2018. The background resulted from a too rapid expansion up to the attempt to take over parts of Opel AG, but also from distortions in the international market of photovoltaic modules, which from about 2010 Chinese companies entered, which profited from state subsidies and put European companies under pressure with dumping prices. This example means that it takes extensive research to identify stocks that are worth holding on to with Diamond Hands. Nevertheless, mistakes can never be ruled out.

Even the great gurus Buffett and Soros occasionally err. George Soros, who studied philosophy, narrowly escaped fascist persecution in the mid-1940s as a Hungarian Jew, and leans toward left-liberal ideas (including supporting progressive movements in Eastern Europe), bet on a crash in the U.S. stock market with put options (which win when prices fall) after Donald Trump took office in 2017 because he was deeply suspicious of the new right-leaning and uneducated president. Soros was 87 years old at that time and thus quite an old hand (he is currently – fall 2021 – still alive).

In the case of the U.S. stock markets under the influence of Trump’s economic policies, he was nevertheless wrong: the stock markets continued to rise blithely in 2017 and on an ongoing basis. Soros held on to his put options with Diamond Hands and lost a billion dollars.

Were Diamond Hands justified in Gamestop stock?

A very brief conclusion: As of September 2021, they are (still) justified. The share price of the U.S. retail chain for entertainment software and computer games rose gigantically from around $20 to $480 (at its peak) in January 2021 after young online traders on Reddit formed a community and agreed to buy the stock. The share price had initially fallen gradually in the years from 2016, albeit comparatively moderately.

The background resulted from a slightly changed market environment for Gamestop’s business model. The company had to close around 200 stores because its software and computer games were increasingly rarely purchased on physical data carriers and instead online. Eventually, Gamestop generated losses, and its stock price fell. The Corona pandemic with its store closures caused further losses. Nevertheless, the business model with computer games remains very interesting, and Gamestop can also enter the online market.

This was discovered first by a major investor (Ryan Cohen), who entered the company and thus fueled the share price, and then by the community of young online traders, who are often big fans of computer games themselves and also have a perfect command of communication via social networks – in this case Reddit. Since they agreed to buy Gamestop shares, they collectively pushed the share price gigantically. As a result, the stock was extremely overvalued for a short time, and the first investors sold it to realize profits.

Incidentally, the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) also took an interest in what was happening on Reddit, and investigated the suspicion of collective market manipulation (without result, because in the case of swarm intelligence it cannot be proven). The stock now fell back almost to the initial value as late as January 2021, then it was bought again and reached ~$300 again after all. The Diamond Hands, for whom the meme was created at that time, held on to it. By the way, on 9/30/21, the stock cost ~$176. So those who bought it at the beginning of 2021 and held on to it with Diamond Hands were rewarded for this holding with high profits until the date 09/30/21.

What does Paper Hands mean? Meaning, definition, explanation


Paper hands are investors who do not hold on to shares for long. They are the opposite of Diamond Hands, who hold on to a stock they are convinced of with diamond-like hardness. The concepts of “weak” and “strong” hands have been around forever. The fact that they are now called Paper & Diamond Hands has something to do with the slang of a blood young generation of online traders.

What does “Paper Hands” mean? Meaning, definition, explanation

We understand them most through their opposite, the Diamond Hands. These investors, some of whom have become billionaires, very thoroughly identify undervalued stocks with high upside potential, buy them, and are subsequently unshaken by market fluctuations, even crashes. This is justified to the extent that really good stocks actually rise on average and over long periods of time. However, this involves some basic conditions that one must be aware of. These are

a) fundamental key figures (P/E ratio, KBV, KUV, EKQ and more),
b) the positioning of the company including its management,
c) the industry and
d) the market environment.

Despite all the expertise and thorough research, the Diamond Hands’ strategy still doesn’t always work; some stocks fall. Some of the preferred companies even slide into insolvency. Overall, therefore, success with Diamond Hands also requires relatively broad diversification, so that in the end enough winning stocks remain. Paper Hands now either generally distrust this approach or do not follow through emotionally and/or in terms of their capital. Because holding stocks with Diamond Hands can only work with a certain diversification, a certain capital stock is also required for this.

If investors just bet on a single supposedly winning share and then observe price fluctuations, they can quickly tend to sell the asset again with weak hands or Paper Hands. They also sell high profits relatively quickly. They take what they can get, but they do not hold. Their hands are not suitable for holding, they are Paper Hands.

Why is there the discussion about Diamond and Paper Hands?

The behavior of investors has an impact on the share price. When Paper Hands quickly sell their shares again after a brief increase, the price falls, which occasionally annoys the diamond hands. The more relaxed among them, however, accept the effect: “The weak hands have sold, but that’s only temporary,” is then said from these circles. They take advantage of the drop in the share price to increase their position. The Paper Hands even do this occasionally, only to sell again all the more quickly, which can send the price on an eight-track ride. Paper hands have a precarious effect in the event of a very significant decline: they then tend to panic sell, which can trigger a crash. Basically

  • Diamond Hands are investors with thorough research and strong nerves, and
  • Paper Hands are investors with less thorough research and weak nerves.

Paper Hands are guided by rumors in the stock market and often chase the investment decisions of Diamond Hands. This would not be bad in itself if they did not sell at every price fluctuation.

Are Paper Hands to be condemned per se?

No. Stock markets sometimes move sideways and sometimes fall over longer periods. There are stock market years in which even the price of major indices is lower at the end of the year than in January. Although this is rare and usually only the case after interim crashes, such years do exist. The Paper Hands are therefore allowed to act in the short term with some justification. In principle, they are most likely to damage their own portfolio by doing so, because the many purchases and sales (quite a few of them at a loss) do not serve to build up a portfolio in the long term. However, there are alternatives for such investors, which we will show in the next section.

Where are Paper Hands best placed?

Paper hands represent a type of investor who tends not to think long-term and sometimes watches the stock market on a daily basis, sometimes even for many hours (or repeatedly during the course of trading). Holding stocks may not be the right strategy for them. This can of course be highly profitable. If you are 30 years old or younger today and want to provide for your retirement with shares, you can basically trust that your capital will increase by a factor of perhaps 30 over the next 40 years (currently invested 1,000 euros would then become 30,000 euros).

In 1980, the Dax stood at around 500 points (it has only officially existed since 1988); in September 2021, it will be over 15,000 points. But Paper Hands do not like to think like this or cannot feel like this. They are not able to make their money in their sleep, as the stone-aged great investor Warren Buffett recently put it. Possibly they also do not want to provide with shares for the pension, because they are for example no longer 30 years or younger, because they hope for a very short term super profit and/or because they discover completely different, most interesting possibilities at the stock exchange. This would be, for example, trading with derivatives. These map price movements in a leveraged manner and can move 100 percent (and more) in a single day. As put options, they can also gain on falling prices. You can follow prices in any direction with them. Also, trading is possible with very small capital investment of 100 euros or even much less. These investment instruments are suitable for day trading or very short-term position trading over a few days or weeks at most.

Day trading for Paper Hands

First of all, these trading models put the concept into perspective: the Paper Hands are no longer weak hands, which after all has a negative connotation, but rather decisive traders who react to changing market situations at short notice. However, short-term action requires a high degree of flexibility, along with powerful technical equipment and a highly reliable Internet connection, as well as a reliable broker with the lowest possible order fees.

Day traders observe the short-term intraday and weekly chart patterns and deduce from them in which direction the price could develop within the next minutes and hours. They set buy stops for call and put derivatives, closely monitor the entry of their position (which requires permanent market monitoring or notification of an acoustic signal) and set a well-calculated stoploss after the entry, which leads to the exit of their position at a defined point. Initially, the stoploss is slightly in loss, then in profit if the price development is good. Day traders want to see a development very quickly. In any case, they exit the position at the close of trading (20.00 to 22.00 h).

Some of them become scalpers and hold positions only for seconds to minutes at most, scalping away small price movements. Behind this is a very specific mentality, which is actually also that of Paper Hands: these people do not want to wait patiently for a development that they cannot influence. This state is unbearable for them. They want to act.

Is both possible – long-term investment and day trading?

This kind of simultaneous investor and trader exists, but it is rare. Investment and trading decisions have a lot to do with one’s own personality. Those who are very fond of short-term trading are very reluctant to leave stocks with Diamond Hands forever.

What is Groundhogging? Dating, meaning, definition, explanation


In the 90s, the American comedy “Groundhog day” was a box office hit. In this film, the main protagonist relives Groundhog Day over and over again. The latter is celebrated in the USA every year in February. A groundhog is awakened from hibernation and the animal’s behavior is interpreted in relation to the near or distant end of winter. The main character in the film relives this day over and over until he realizes what he needs to change about his life.
“Groundhogging” thus represents routine behavior that can be quite counterproductive.

Groundhogging when dating

When choosing a partner, everyone has certain preferences. These can concern the appearance, the character or even the profession of a potential partner. Consciously or even instinctively, singles who want to date prefer to date people who meet their criteria.
Even the failure of a relationship often cannot break this routine. The next partner often resembles the previous one.

How does groundhogging come about?

Apart from personal preferences, singles gather experience on the dating market over the years. They determine which people immediately arouse their curiosity, who shares the same sense of humor, and with whom it “may be worthwhile” to enter into conversation with regard to a potential relationship. This is not bad per se, because after all, commonalities represent an important pillar in the basic framework of a relationship.

What is Groundhogging? Dating, meaning, definition, explanation

But what if the type of person who has been chosen as suitable can’t actually make you happy at all, because he simply doesn’t fit? Then groundhogging becomes a tricky cycle that traps the single in a negative loop.

There is some evidence of being trapped in groundhogging:
Relationships always end unhappily for the same reason. The ex-partners look amazingly similar, always come from the same social class, have comparable professions or related characters. An internal checklist used to filter out potentially interesting dating partners may also indicate a tendency toward groundhogging.

Breaking through to a new start

Breaking through groundhogging is not easy. Because understandably, most singles move with a certain insecurity on the dating market. After all, hardly anything is as personal as being turned down. Familiarity provides security.
To end your own groundhogging, you don’t have to turn your entire dating behavior upside down.

Questioning your own expectations of a potential partner is the first step toward breaking the vicious circle. Is it really only a special appearance that is attractive, or could someone who doesn’t meet this requirement also be appealing?

Does the partner necessarily have to have certain character traits or wouldn’t others be just as valuable?

Answering such questions honestly can be a start to stop groundhogging.

Changing the dating venue can also help broaden one’s perspective. If the right partner is being searched for online, it may be worthwhile to be on the move on other portals as well.

To move away from the familiar paths in the dating jungle is definitely worth a try. Because perhaps the key to happiness lies in the previously unknown. Breaking down established ideas about and requirements for a future partner can open up completely new horizons.

Don’t go overboard

Flexibility and openness can help you to be happy in love, but only to a certain extent.

Nothing should be forced. A date with someone who seems unappealing at first sight certainly makes no sense for either party.

However, it can be interesting to get to know a nice person, who unfortunately does not seem to be the right type at first glance, without obligation.

So breaking groundhogging does not mean forcing yourself to do something. It just means keeping your eyes open for surprising options and being open to new things.

What are Kryptonite people? Meaning, definition, explanation


A Kryptonite person is a person from whom someone cannot get away for a long time. For a Kryptonite person, one can have crushes and feelings for years. At the same time, the relationship with this Kryptonite person is one-sided. It may be that the Kryptonite person is a long-lost relationship partner. If you fall for a Kryptonite person, you don’t even need to know him or her closely. It may be that there is no personal contact with the Kryptonite person at all. Thoughts, desires, and preoccupation with the Kryptonite person continue nonetheless. For someone who feels attached to a Kryptonite person, this usually means emotional chaos.

What are kryptonite people? Meaning, definition, explanation

The unrequited love for the Kryptonite person can persist despite new love relationships. It does not seem to be replaceable by a real partner or mate. This is another reason why there is something dangerous about a Kryptonite person: if you fall for a Kryptonite person, you might end the current partnership for them. Most of the time the term Kryptonite person has rather negative connotations. Often the Kryptonite person is spoken of as a ‘wound’. Having a Kryptonite person can also have destructive features: For some, the Kryptonite person is a person who has caused damage in the past. A relationship with him was sometimes marked by many hurts.

The term Kryptonite person really stands for a vulnerability or at least a weakness. It is a kind of metaphor that has its model in comic book culture. The DC superhero Superman is invulnerable. His only weakness is kryptonite. It releases a radiation that could, at worst, lead to Superman’s death. Affection for a Kryptonite human can have dramatic effects. In real life, however, it doesn’t necessarily have to. Besides the destructive fixation on the Kryptonite human, there are milder courses. Very many people have a great crush or a great love, which they do not forget for a long time. Only the excessive preoccupation with the Kryptonite person leads to emotional suffering.

Frequent mention of the Kryptonite person on the Internet

The term ‘Kryptonite Person’ is not a psychological term. It is mainly used on the Internet. Accordingly, there are many interpretations and explanations of this phenomenon. In many online articles there is an explanation against a psychological background. There are experts, coaches or therapists who use a psychological theory for the Kryptonite person. The approaches for it are different there again. The Kryptonite human is, for example, a consequence of an early childhood disturbed attachment. Or: The Kryptonite person is an idealization and projection. Common to all these articles is usually a piece of advice. For example: You have to face the Kryptonite person and understand why you can’t let him go.

Other advice on the Internet gives practical tips for forgetting a Kryptonite person. There are also many testimonials from people who know a Kryptonite person. Likewise, the topic of Kryptonite person is discussed in forums on social networks.

Kryptonite person – Definition: Where the term comes from is unclear

The term Kryptonite personis undoubtedly popular. Many major online newspapers or media online portals have also published articles on this topic.

However, it is difficult to determine how the term Kryptonite person originated. There are no conclusions as to who coined the term or how many years it has been in circulation. One magazine article mentions it as early as 2015.

What does vibing mean? Verb, meaning, definition, explanation


The verb “to vibe” (vibing) has two meanings:

Around the year 2010, “vibing” meant something like “hang out” or “chill.” (So just being carefree.) Ten years later – around the year 2020/2021 – the meaning had changed. “Vibing” in 2020/2021 meant that you are on the same wavelength with another person, that the chemistry is right, and that you just get along as well as feel connected. In short, the vibe is just right.

Note: This article deals with the verb “vibing”, not the noun “vibes”. Even though the two are strongly related, there are distinct differences in how the words are used. These differences will be explained in this text.

Examples using “vibing”:

  • “We are vibing.”
  • “Me and my friend are vibing.”

What does vibing mean? Verb, meaning, definition, explanation

“Vibing” is about feeling good vibes. What is meant by this is a good mood. In essence, “vibing” is about simply feeling good. This happens on several levels: feeling good in a place or environment; and: feeling good with another person.

But “vibing” is not just about feeling good, it is also about feeling connected. This connectedness is felt when “vibing”. It is detached and the opposite of loneliness, isolation, and a sense of “being out of place.” Connectedness represents feelings of belonging, trust, appreciation, recognition and inner peace. Not to be forgotten in “vibing” is a feeling of lightheartedness, carefree and unconcerned. (There is no pressure. No need to be. One may simply be).

In the past, people had said that the chemistry was just right. The expression stands for the fact that two people simply get along well and feel comfortable with each other. The same applies to places. One simply feels comfortable in certain places.

The special thing about “vibing” and “the chemistry is right” is that the feeling of well-being is only felt. It doesn’t have to be explained, fathomed or described, it’s just there. (Thus “vibing” also has a character of coincidence).

What is “vibing”? Explanation

With “vibing” the immersion is right. There is no threat to be reckoned with. People who are “vibed” are not assumed to have a secret agenda. In vibing, no one is profiling. Nobody wants anything. It’s not about self-promotion, it’s about being in the moment now, feeling connected and comfortable. It’s about a sense of oneness. It’s about authenticity and genuineness. They allow you to “vibe.”

To vibe, sometimes even becomes a prerequisite for a relationship. Where there is no vibing, there is no relationship. (And that is also good, because everything else would only be exhausting).

Editor’s comment: The fact that the word “vibing” and the emotion associated with it became popular in 2020/2021 is probably no coincidence. “vibing” could be a backlash against the isolation and loneliness created by the coronavirus pandemic. In the pandemic, caution and distance were the order of the day. “Vibing” is about the opposite: emotional closeness, opening up and feeling each other. (See also: What does “I feel this” mean).

What is cenosillicaphobia? Meaning, definition, explanation


Advertising gimmick instead of clinical picture. Cenosillicaphobia initially makes one think of an anxiety disorder. In fact, however, it is a term created in the beverage industry that provides amusement and good sales. The fear of the empty glass seems to be particularly widespread among beer and wine lovers.

What is cenosillicaphobia? Meaning, definition, explanation

The term cenosillicaphobia is formed according to the name for well-known fears such as arachnophobia or verbophobia. These are specific phobias that are triggered by a particular object or situation. In the case of arachnophobia by spiders, in the case of verbophobia by the written, spoken, heard or thought word. Accordingly, cenosillicaphobia refers to the fear of empty glasses.

Similar to medical names for anxiety, the term cenosillicaphobia is composed of various word parts taken from ancient Greek and/or Latin. In the case of cenosillicaphobia, there are three:

  • kenos (Greek) = empty
  • silex (Latin) = pebble
  • phobos (Greek) = fear

If we understand silex as the quartz from which glass is made, we thus get the fear of empty glass as the meaning for cenosillicaphobia.

Origin of the term cenosillicaphobia

The term cenosillicaphobia can be traced back on the Internet to the early beginnings of this millennium. Since 2001, it has apparently enjoyed great popularity, especially among friends of beer and wine culture. And their suppliers. People like to speak self-deprecatingly of the fear of the empty beer or wine glass, and many a brewer and vintner, as well as one or two bars, spur customers on to consumption with the highfalutin scientific name for the worry about the lack of replenishment. The comical effect results from the tension between the name classification as an anxiety disorder requiring therapy and the actually harmless wish that drinking should continue.

Symptoms of Cenosillicaphobia

In line with its definition as an anxiety condition, cenosillicaphobia is also readily attributed with corresponding symptoms. For example, the nervous look at the glass or the bartender, a dry feeling in the throat, increased thirst. Again, there is a grain of truth in this: Those who haven’t had enough yet keep an eye on whether supplies are needed, and where they can come from. Of course, this has little to do with the actual symptoms of a specific phobia. These include rising blood pressure, racing heart, shortness of breath, sweating, hot flashes, shivering, disorientation and fainting, as well as the feeling of shame and helplessness and the fear of being hurt or killed in the course of the panic attack. While sufferers of a true phobia often withdraw into isolation out of fear of the trigger, health and social consequences, cenosillicaphobia has a distinctly social side. While one may experience the fear of the empty glass while enjoying it at home, it becomes entertaining in a group setting and invites people to continue drinking together!

Causes of Cenosillicaphobia

While actual phobias have their cause in a mixture of often distant traumatic experiences, behavior learned in childhood, heredity, and chemical processes in the brain, the development of cenosillicaphobia apparently progresses far more rapidly. All it takes is a single experience of a dwindling supply of beer or wine in the glass and a single mention of the phobia by well-meaning producers, bartenders or fellow drinkers to set the fear of the empty glass in motion. A change in brain chemistry is then more likely to occur in the course of combating the fear, namely when enough alcohol alters thinking.

Treatment of Cenosillicaphobia

Fortunately, cenosillicaphobia can be remedied as quickly as it occurs. The promise of enough refills and a refill of the glass are usually enough to spare the sufferer more severe symptoms. While true phobias must be treated with cognitive behavioral therapy, talk therapy, hypnotherapy, energy therapy and, if necessary, medication to deal with or even overcome the fear, in the case of cenosillicaphobia, treatment is in fact rather counterproductive. Typically, neither those directly affected nor brewers, winemakers, and innkeepers desire a definitive end to the condition. The aim is only to temporarily calm the fear; a resurgence when the glass empties again is quite desirable.

Self-help: Cenosillicaphobia

While in the case of real phobias various relaxation techniques, information about causes and symptoms of the fear as well as an exchange with affected persons can provide relief, these measures seem to have rather an opposite effect in the case of cenosillicaphobia. The more those affected know about it and exchange information about it, the greater the fear of an empty glass and the urge to refill it as quickly as possible. In the case of alcoholic beverages, the relaxation occurs at best as a consequence.

Cenosillicaphobia is therefore not a medical anxiety disorder. If it is, it is probably extremely rare and has not been researched, as there is no relevant literature on the subject. The term appears exclusively around breweries, wineries, the hospitality industry, and friends of social drinking. The comical side of fake fear may not be recognized by all those affected by actual phobias. However, this is not the first time that a comical side has been wrested from the phenomenon of fear, especially in the environment of the Internet. The quite real fear of long words, with correct name Sesquipedalophobia, circulates in the Internet jokingly under the monstrously long designation Hippopotomonstrosesquippedaliophobia. In contrast, cenosillicaphobia does not include a medical condition worthy of treatment from a medical point of view.

What are Albinaurics from Elden Ring? History


The Albinaurics are a man-made race of humanoids that the player encounters in the computer game Elden Ring in the Liurnia area in the form of two different generations.

Their village in the south of Liurnia was destroyed by the Curse Makers. The player finds only hanging corpses, whimpering ghosts and rotting ruins where the flourishing home of the Albinaurics must have been in the past.

Who are the Albinaurics from Elden Ring? History

The first generation of Albinaurics have human standing, but are so weak in their atrophied legs that they cannot walk on their own – as evidenced by the tragic story of young Albinauric Latenna, who is found next to her dead wolf Lobo, they rely on the help of wolves to get around. Without their ‘better half’ they are immobile and doomed to die.

In other areas of the map, first-generation Albinaurics can sometimes be encountered, riding wolves and armed with silver arrows and bows. Latenna also proves to be a talented archer if you win her over as a ghost ash after completing the associated sidequest – she can then even mount and ride near wolves, just like in the good old days when Lobo was still alive.

Albinaurics: frog or toad?

Far less handsome, but good on their feet, is the second generation of Albinaurics. Like their predecessors, they were artificially created, perhaps because they were disappointed by the physical infirmities of the first set; unlike the first generation, however, they no longer fight with bows and arrows, but carry more brute weapons such as clubs, shields and scythes.

Visually, their gray smooth heads, flat noses, and wide-set eyes probably resemble frogs or toads. Unlike Latenna and Albus the Albinauric, with whom you have full conversations in the game, second-generation Albinaurics cannot speak or have their own language, which the player does not share. They usually travel in groups of five or more; they can be met anywhere in Liurnia, plus east of Ordina and in the area of Mohgwyn Palace.

The destroyed homeland – the village of the Albinaurics (Elden Ring)

There are several myths about the origin of the Albinaurics. One thing is certain: as artificially created beings, they were not blessed by the Earth Tree, and thus are perceived as impure or tainted and shunned by many inhabitants of the Elden Ring universe. It is probably for this reason that their village in southern Liurnia was destroyed by the cursemongers.

The only Albinaurics who can give the player a clue to the whereabouts of this mysterious people are Latenna and the Albinauric Albus, who hides on a plateau near the destroyed village. He gives the player a medallion that is supposed to be the key to a promised land – but since he dies, Latenna is his last hope.

Latenna, in turn, as we know, is also dying and asks the player to escort her to the Halig Tree in the form of her spirit ash. By means of a birth drop delivered to the giantess Phillia, the future of the Albinaurics is to be secured.

Conclusion – Darkness and Myths (Albinaurics, Elden Ring)

Not much is known about the Albinaurics – Albus and Latenna are probably the last survivors of a civilization that was nearly wiped out out of hatred and fear of the unknown. The second-generation Albinaurics, on the other hand, are blunt opponents that the player has to clear out of the way without much ado.

But that’s the beauty of Elden Ring – who knows if we’ll uncover stories in the next few years that we haven’t even suspected yet. Until then, we must cling to the few vague words of Albus and Latenna – and hope, like the dying Albinauric Albus, that in the near future this battered and marginalized people will be entitled to a promised land where they can return to the splendor their village must have once had – long before it was destroyed.

What is the “Age Absolute” ending of Elden Ring? What is behind it?


Elden Ring’s Age Absolute ending is a fan-made ending that a YouTube posted on YouTube on April 1, 2022. The YouTuber changed one of the existing endings in such a way that it seemed like a completely new ending.

What’s in the “Age Absolute” ending? Elden Ring

The “Age Absolute” ending begins similarly to the other endings. The stained stand in front of the broken remains of Radagon after the final boss fight. When they interact with the body, an option pops up asking if players want to ring in the Age Absolute.

If players select the option, they will pick up Radagon’s head and rejoin it with the destroyed body. As Radagon’s remains dissolve, the stained are surrounded by a bright glow of light.

Next, the Earth Tree is seen completely engulfed in flames before the scene moves back to the Stained Ones standing in a chapel before the Five Fingers, worshipping them. The voice that also spoke the beginning to Elden Ring explains that the next generation will think back to the time known as Age Absolute.

What can the “Age Absolute” ending mean? Elden Ring

On their journey through the interlands, the Stained Ones will encounter the emissaries of the Greater Will, the Two Fingers. These beings serve as a sort of proxy for the outer gods, and are meant to relay the messages and orders of the Greater Will through the Finger Readers.

However, when players explore the world and find an optional area known as the Underground Reserve of Shame, they will find a creature made up of Three Fingers in the Cathedral of the Outcasts. The Three Fingers are corrupted by a dark power and carry the Frenzied Flame.

Since the Age Absolute worships a being composed of five fingers, it can be concluded that this being has both the power of the Greater Will and the destructive power of the Fierce Flame. Perhaps the Five Fingers disturbed the outer gods themselves and took the lead as a new divine being. This is supported by the fact that in the Ending the Earth Tree, which is also a symbol of the Greater Will, will be consumed by hungry flames and thus, so to speak, the Age of the Earth Tree will come to an end.

Fake or truth?

After the YouTuber Garden of Eyes uploaded a video of the supposed “Age Absolute” ending on his YouTube channel, the speculation started. Many fans wondered if the video was real or if it was a fake. A data miner named Lance McDonald explained on Twitter that the video was a fake. Only the audio track could have been found during the network test that FromSoftware conducted before the release of Elden Ring.

Garden of Eye commented itself on April 2, 2022 in response to various questions from fans, without directly addressing Lance McDonald’s accusations. The YouTuber explained that the graphic elements were all fictitious. The YouTuber had developed the menu that could be seen in the video as well as the figure of the Five Fingers, the burning earth tree or the end sequence in the cathedral as an elaborate April Fool’s joke. For this, he had used various graphics and video editing programs.

However, Garden of Eye also explains that the spoken dialogs used for the video were not fake and did not come from the network test. The YouTuber found the audio file in the final version of Elden Ring and compared the ID of the file with other audio files. In the process, he noticed similarities to the spoken lines from the “Age of Order” ending.

The similarity suggests that “Age Absolute” might have been an alternate name for the “Age of Order.” But it’s equally conceivable that FromSoftware originally planned another ending for its role-playing game, but ultimately scrapped it.

Even though this is a very elaborate April Fool’s joke, fans are already speculating what would have had to be accomplished to actually usher in an “Age Absolution” if FromSoftware had included the ending in the game.

Who is Godfrey (Elden Ring)? Boss, History, Fighting style, Strategy, Lore


Note: Spoilers about the main story and prequel of Elden Ring follow.

Godfrey is a character from the video game Elden Ring by Japanese development studio From Software. He is the first Elden Lord and appears twice as the boss opponent of the Tainted One (player character). Godfrey is an important character in the Elden Ring mythos.

What is the history of Godfrey? Elden Ring, Background, Story, Lore

Godfrey was among the most powerful warriors of the Interlands, the mystical realm where the so-called Higher Will and its Golden Order ruled. He married Queen Marika, who wore the Elden Ring and ruled over the interlands in the service of the Higher Will. From this marriage came the children and demigods Godwyn, Morgott and Mohg. Later, Marika passed the Elden Ring to Godfrey, giving him additional powers and making him the first Elden Prince. In the name of the Golden Order, Godfrey pursued the Fire Giants and contained the fires of the Raging Flame.

However, after fulfilling his destiny as a warrior for the Golden Order, he was stripped of the grace of the Higher Will. He was then expelled from the interlands by Marika. Godfrey was henceforth considered a Stained One, who rose to rule the Wastelands in exile. Thus Godfrey was the first Stained ever. In the Wastelands, he became known by his actual tribal name, Hoarah Loux. Like all Stained Ones, he died a cruel death.

Centuries later, the Higher Will is forced to bring all the deceased Stained back to life. After the murder of her son Godwyn, Queen Marika shattered the Eldenring in anger. As a result, the interlands fall into chaos. The Tainted Ones are therefore charged by the Higher Will to gather all the now scattered fragments of the Elden Ring and reunite them with each other in order to restore the Golden Order in the Interlands as the new Elden Prince.

Where can Godfrey be found? Elden Ring, Location

Raised by the Higher Will, Hoarah Loux returns to the interlands as Godfrey and travels to the royal capital of Leyndell. It is here that players meet this difficult boss for the first time. First, Godfrey meets the players as a golden shadow (a sort of ghost of his former form before the exile) in the south of Leyndell.

The second time players fight Godfrey is near the end of the main Elden Ring storyline, at which point he appears in his physical form. This fight also takes place in Leyndell, but by this time the city has already been destroyed.

How does Godfrey from Elden Ring look like? Features, characteristics, weapons

Godfrey has thick gray-white hair and an equally noticeable gray-white beard. He wears golden armor with heavy and protective shoulder, forearm and boot plates, a golden crown and a blue cloak. The crown and cape are decorated with various patterns. Over his shoulders hangs the spiritual form of a white lion called Serosh. As a weapon he uses a huge, two-handed axe.

As Hoarah Loux, Godfrey wears only a loincloth and the forearm and boot plates. The lion Serosh has turned to blood, which covers his upper body. His bare fists now serve as his weapon.

What are Godfrey’s strengths from Elden Ring? Combat, Strategy, Skills

In spectral form, Godfrey is a slow opponent who uses his large axe to deliver various attacks that reach a medium to wide area around him. This includes a stomp attack that triggers an earthquake wave. In addition, he sometimes uses a ranged attack unannounced and thus surprising, to hit players who keep their distance due to his attacks with the axe.

The fight against Godfrey in his physical form consists of two phases, which differ significantly from each other.

Phase 1: In this phase, the fight resembles the first encounter. However, Godfrey is far stronger here, his attacks inflict more damage, have a greater range and vary more frequently. In addition, there is a new ability to summon a shockwave that reaches the entire combat area and immediately interrupts all player actions if they are hit by it. Shields are ineffective in this case. Players can only avoid the attack by dodging it at the right moment.

Phase 2: Once Godfrey loses 60% of his health, he puts down his axe and transforms back into Hoarah Loux. In this form, he moves to aggressive melee attacks. From the air, he moves in close to grab players and inflict a lot of damage. However, Hoarah Loux can still unleash earthquake and shockwave attacks that are more sudden than in Phase 1, so players will have to rely on attacks that take little time to execute.

Godfrey is resistant to holy power in any form and phase, but is vulnerable to lightning attacks and shock damage. If he is defeated, players will receive 300,000 runes.

What does “Sacre Bleu” mean? Meaning, word origin, explanation


“Sacre Bleu” is an exclamation of astonishment that originated in French and is also known in English-speaking countries. It is not always used consistently and can therefore cause confusion.

The origin and literal meaning of “Sacre Bleu”

The expression is a variation of the French saying.

“Sacre Dieu,” which translates to “Holy God” in English (sacre = holy and dieu = God).

“Sacre Bleu,” on the other hand, translates to “Sacred Blue.”

It was probably a language joke that spread like wildfire.

“Sacre Dieu” corresponds in usage to the English exclamations “Holy God” or “Jesus Christ again.” Here, the sacred blue, the sky, already appears.

The kingdom of heaven has always been equated with the divine spheres. The leap from “Sacre Dieu” to “Sacre Bleu” is thus understandable.

Possibly the pronunciation has established itself first in circles, which reject the existence of a God. To invoke the blue of the sky instead of a personified God seems less captious.

What does “Sacre Bleu” mean? Meaning, definition, explanation

In Christian color mythology, blue and light blue are attributed to the Holy Mother of God. Whenever Mary is depicted, she wears a blue cloak or is seen against a brilliant blue sky.

Outside of the Christian imagination, blue is the color of vastness and spiritual purity and goodness. Blue has a calming and relaxing effect.

“Sacre Bleu” – as a curse or a blessing

In fact, “Sacre” can be translated either as “holy” or “cursed” or “cursed”.

Sacred means round, whole, coherent in its entirety. Verflixt or verflucht basically means the opposite, namely that something is not quite round and therefore holy.

At first, this seems like a contradiction. However, in many cultures the power of Mary is equated with the unification of opposites and harmonization.

Behind it, on closer inspection, there are complicated philosophical approaches to the polarity (good-evil, day-night, holy-bad) of our world. Quite simply one could say that all opposites belong together and form basically a holy whole.

From this point of view, a curse is also a blessing and vice versa.

This explains why “Sacre Bleu!” is sometimes used as an exclamation of praiseful wonder (similar to “Madonna!” or “Holy Mother!”) and sometimes as a cutting curse (“Damn it!” or “Darn it and sew it up!”).

At its core, the usage is the same. The person wants to strike a balance with the saying. In a tricky situation, a hearty curse can have a truly relieving effect. In addition, we humans also want to verbally express our special rapture.

Meaning: “Sacre Bleu” – the “darn blue”

In 2012, best-selling U.S. author Christopher Moore wrote a book with the original title “Sacre Bleu.”

In England and America, it has become chic to say “Sacre Bleu.” In France, on the other hand, the phrase has long been considered outdated.

On the German book market, the witty novel appeared under the title “Verflixtes Blau!” (Dratted Blue!). In it, Christopher Moore sheds light on the circumstances surrounding the death of Vincent Van Gogh. It is told from the point of view of two friends of the painting genius. Van Gogh was considered severely depressed (English “blue” for “sad” or “melancholy”) and, according to legend, shot himself.

“Sacre Bleu” in the English-speaking world

It is not known exactly how “Sacre Bleu” came into the English-speaking world.

The mystery writer Agatha Christie is said to have used it in some of her works.

Among young people in the Western world, the saying became known through an episode of the animated series “The Simpsons.” In a spoof of the clichés of various nationalities, the Frenchman is depicted wearing a red and white striped shirt with a baguette under his arm and the saying “Sacre Bleu”.

The translations “Sacred Blue” or “Darn Blue” have not caught on in the English-speaking world. The special effect of the saying is lost by the translation.

Therefore we also say “Sacre Bleu”. The saying is used as a deliberate spoof or because it sounds particularly fine.

What does “Inshallah” mean? (in english, meaning, translation)


“Inshallah” is an Arabic phrase and interjection (exclamation) that means “God willing” in English. “Inshallah” refers to a future event that the speaker wishes to occur.

Translated literally from Arabic, it means “Allah willing.

What does “Inshallah” mean? (in english, meaning, translation)

“Inshallah” is also translated as “hopefully”, “maybe” and “let’s see”. (In this context, Inshallah is an adverb).

“Inshallah” is an expression of the belief that nothing happens without God’s will or God’s consent, as well as that God’s will is above everything. This means that a person’s intention or stated goal will only be achieved if God allows or desires it. Conversely, this means that an accomplished goal was achieved because God willed it.

Godliness is an important part of “Inshallah.” This is to express humility.

Word explanation: Inshallah

“Inshallah” is borrowed from Arabic: إن شاء الله (in šā’allāh).
The expression is used by Arabic-speaking Christians, Jews, and Muslims.

The expression “Inshallah” consists of three parts:

  • in – means: when
  • sha’ – means: will
  • Allah – means: God

This is made into the expression “God willing”.

Other spellings of Inshallah

  • “Inshallah” is also sometimes spelled “Inshallah”. (With “sh”)
  • ʾIn shāʾa llāh
  • in šā’allāh
  • in sha Allah
  • Inşallah
  • insha’Allah

Inshallah in other languages

In Latin, the expressions “Deo volente” (meaning “God willing”) and “Diis volentibus” (meaning “God willing”) exist.

In German, the expression “So Gott will” or “With God’s will” exists.

In Malta, among others, there is also “jekk Alla jrid”. This means “if God wills it.” – The expression is a mixture of the Sicilian and Arabic languages. Arabic was spoken in Malta between the ninth and twelfth centuries. Maltese is a Semitic language.

In Spain, the expression “ojalá” exists. In Portugal, the expression is “oxalá”. Both are derived from “Inshallah”.

What does “Persona Non Grata” mean? Meaning, definition, explanation


The term “persona non grata” comes from official jargon among diplomats. It is used to describe a person who is undesirable. In the meantime, the expression has also found its way into normal linguistic usage.

What does “persona non grata” mean? Meaning, definition, explanation

The translation can be derived from the Latin as well as from the Italian still in use today

persona = a person, a human being
non grata = not welcome, not pleasant.

In the past, the spelling “Persona non gratae” was also common.

In English, the expression is correctly translated as “an undesirable person”.

“Persona non grata”: The origin from diplomatic circles

If a state no longer wants to tolerate the diplomat of another country, it can declare him persona non grata.
This has happened more often in the past when a diplomat has been guilty of something or suspected of espionage.

Special rules apply to diplomats. They are usually immune, which means that normal legislation does not apply to them. This is supposed to give them a special status. In exchange, diplomats must have an excellent reputation and demonstrate a certain level of behavior.

Sometimes “diplomatic expulsion” is used as a power tool in the dispute between two states. The reason is not the diplomat’s misconduct, but quite another. The expulsion of the persona non grata is then a symbolic act.

The opposite of persona non grata is persona grata (desirable personality) or persona gratissima (highly desirable personality). In this way, preferences of a particularly popular diplomat can be expressed in a very elegant way.

“Persona non grata”: The use of the term outside diplomacy

Occasionally, one hears or reads about persona non grata in other circles as well.

Particularly fine people may use it to describe someone who is simply not wanted in their circles. The use of the foreign and political term creates a certain distance. Declaring someone persona non grata can be done directly, for example, by sending them a letter or a note.

The exclusion or expulsion can also happen indirectly. Invitations are no longer extended or the person is denied access to club rooms, parties or other gatherings.

In addition to its use in elite circles, one occasionally reads the term in the media. Persona non grata is then always to be understood as an inappropriate, undesirable or unwelcome personality.

Teenagers and young adults also like to use the term. They use it to express someone they don’t like or who is not wanted in their environment. In this context, persona non grata is a fashionable expression.

It is quite possible that the phrase will pass into normal usage in the future.

Persona non grata – well-known personalities

German writer and Nobel Prize winner for literature Günter Grass was persona non grata in Israel. Authorities imposed the entry ban after the publication of a critical poem and the revelation of Grass’s brief membership in the Waffen SS.

Right-wing Austrian FPÖ politician Jörg Haider was also persona non grata in Israel until his death.

Brad Pitt was persona non grata in the People’s Republic of China for many years. The reason for this was his appearance in the film “Seven Years in Tibet” (1997).

Actress Claire Danes was declared persona non grata by the government of the Philippines after she made negative comments about the country’s capital, Manila. In an interview with the women’s magazine Vogue, she said, “Manila is horrible and strange.”

What does “bismillah” mean in English? When is it said? Meaning, explanation


Bismillah is an expression that is not only used in the Muslim world. It is also sometimes used in Europe and the USA, especially by people with a migration background from Islamic countries. But what exactly does this expression mean – and when is it used?

Meaning of Bismillah in English

Bismillah comes from Arabic and means something like: “In the name of God”. Allah is the Arabic and Muslim word for God. Bismillah is also written as Basmala or Bism Allah, and is traditionally written on paper in richly decorated calligraphy. Bismillah is often used in everyday life. The origin of this word is found in the Quran – the holy scripture of Islam.

Bismillah in the Koran and in everyday life

Before (almost) every surah of the Qur’an is the following formula: “bismi ʾllāhi ʾr-raḥmāni ʾr-raḥīmi.” In English, this means something like “In the name of the merciful and gracious God.” As a noun, Basmala refers to the full version of the above formula. The use of the abbreviated version of this formula – that is, the word basmala – is prescribed in Islam in various situations. These include the slaughter of animals, religious lectures and speeches, and letters. The Quran states:

“And do not eat meat over which (in slaughter) the name of God has not been pronounced! That is sacrilege.”

Muslims also say bismillah in other situations – for example, before embarking on a long and important journey, before eating (as Christians might say a short grace), when entering a mosque, or even during marital intercourse. However, in these situations, according to Islamic law, it is not obligatory to say bismillah.

Muslims, by the way, believe that the Basmala existed before the Koran was written. In popular folklore, especially in the popular prophet legends, it is believed that the word Basmala was written on the wings of the archangel Gabriel and on the train of Jesus, among others. Indeed, Muslims also revere Gabriel, Jesus and other biblical figures such as Noah, Adam and Abraham.

The basmala also appears in the constitutions of many Muslim-majority countries, such as Afghanistan, Pakistan, Libya, Iraq, and Iran. Just as in the Koran the basmala is found at the beginning of the vast majority of suras, in the constitutions of the countries just mentioned it is usually found at the beginning of the preamble.

Other Islamic-Arabic idioms

In addition to Bismillah, there are other widespread idioms that originate in the Quran. However, they are also heard in everyday life, both in the Arab world and in Europe or America. Three of the most famous Arabic or Islamic idioms are as follows:

Inshallah: In English, “God willing.” This expression is very common and is used by Muslims and Arabic-speaking Christians whenever talking about future plans.

Subhanallah: In English, roughly, “Exalted is God.” This expresses the perfection of God. It is repeated several times in the context of dhikr, a spiritual practice that is meant to lead to the realization of God.

Mashallah In English, “What God wants.” One uses this expression to express one’s devotion to God, but also when one sees or hears something astonishing or particularly beautiful.

What does Aywa mean in English? Translation and meaning explained


“Aywa” is an Arabic expression and translates into English as yes.

“Aywa” only means “Yes” in the sense. Literally it means “yoa”, “ok”, “sure” and “yeah”. It is used informally – that is, in colloquial language such as among friends. It is not used in letters or official documents.

The formal Arabic “Yes” – as “Yes” will be said in English – is: “Na’am” or “Na’aam”. (Both words have the same meaning and are used to express agreement or confirmation – as is the function of the word “Ja”).

In Arabic, “Aywa” is written as follows: ايوه.

“Aywa” is the shortening of the Arabic “ay wa allah”. “ay” means “yes.” The “wa” means “and.” The term “allah” refers to God.

“Aywa” is strongly used in the Egyptian language.

Other meanings of Aywa

“Aywa” is an old Germanic expression meaning “eternity”. The Swiss folk band “Aywa” named itself after it.

“AYWA” is the name of a music group from Montpellier, France. They call their music “New Maghreb Sound.” They mix elements of raggae, rock and jazz in their music.

“AYWA” is the abbreviation for “Armenian Young Womens Association” – An association that aims to improve the situation of women in Armenia.

“Aywa International” is a US aid organization active in Senegal. It provides contacts for the people of Senegal and helps in socio-economic development.

“Aywa” is a video-on-demand provider.

“Aywa” is a Brazilian consulting company.

“Aywa” is the name of Maya Diab’s single.

“Aywa vom Haus Vax” is a German shepherd dog.

What does “Hamdullah” mean? Meaning, translation, explanation


“Hamdullah” is Arabic and means in English, “Thanks be to God,” “Praise be to God,” or “Thanks be to Allah.” Colloquially, it is used to say “Thank God” or “I am well”.

“Hamdullah” is the shortening of the Arabic “al-Hamdu li-Llah”.

It is composed of the word parts “hamd” / “ḥamdu”, meaning “praise” or “thanks”, and “alhamdulillah”, meaning “the praise is due to Allah” or “the thanks is due to Allah”.

Alhamdulillah is composed of three parts:

  • al- = is the article
  • ḥamdu = is translated as thanks and praise
  • li-llāh(i) = preposition and noun standing for Allāh. (“Allāh” means God.

The article in the word “Alhamdulillah” ensures that “The God” is said instead of “God”. This is in the sense of there being only one God.

The phrase is found in the first verse of the first surah of the Quran.

It is also said “Hamdala”, “Al hamdullillah” (Arabic: حمدلة) or “ellhamdulliah” and abbreviated as “hmd”.
The term is comparable to the word “Hallelujah” known in Germany and the widespread exclamation “Gott sei dank!”

Example:

“I slipped earlier. My pants are broken, but I’m fine.” – “Hamdullah”

When is “Hamdullah” said?

“Hamdullah” is usually said after a deed or action. This is to thank God for something after the fact.

For example, it happens that Muslims say “Hamdullah” after a meal to thank God for the food. It can also be said after sneezing to wish someone good health. Then it is said as follows: Alhamdu lillahi. A new day can also be greeted with Hamdullah in the morning. Even the question “How are you?” can be answered with “Hamdullah”. In this context, it means, “Thank God, I am well.”

The expression “al-Hamdu-li-‘llah” is used by Muslims and Arabic-speaking Jews as well as Christians in everyday speech.

Other variants: hamdulillah, Alhamdullilah, Al-ḥamdu Llāh, al-Hamdu li-Llāh (Arabic: الحمد لله) , Hamdala (has come into everyday usage), Tahmid

What does “Punani” mean? Translation, meaning, definition


“Punani” is a vulgar Hawaiian slang term for the female genitalia.

Other spellings of “Punani” are “Punany”, “Punaany” and “Poonani”.

What does “Punani” mean in English? Translation

Literally translated into English, Punani means “heavenly flower” or “magnificent flower”.

The Hawaiian word “Punani” is composed of the words “Pua” and “Nani”. “Pua” means “blossom” or “flower.” “Nani” means “heavenly,” “beautiful,” “glorious,” or “magnificent.”

In the Hawaiian language in the 20th century, “Punani” was a popular name for women, precisely because it means “heavenly flower.”

US rappers spread a different meaning of “Punani” in the 21st century. They use the term “Punani” to refer to the female genitalia. (See also: Taki Taki)

In the Jamaican Creole language, the word “Punani” also exists as a vulgar term for the female genital in spelling “Punaany”.

It is therefore unclear whether U.S. rappers changed the meaning of the Hawaiian word or adopted the term from the Jamaican language.

What does “Punani Tsunami” mean? Meaning, translation

The term pair “Punani Tsunami” originated, from the use of US rappers of the word “Punani”.

“Punani Tsunami” has the following meanings:

When there are many women in one place, it can be referred to as “Punani Tsunami”.
“Punani Tsunami” is a term for female ejaculation.

Punani – 6IX9INE

“Punani” is a song by US rapper 6IX9INE. The song was released on August 2, 2020.

In the song, 6IX9INE raps about his lust and coitus in vulgar language.

“Punani” is the fourth single released since 6IX9INE was released from prison in April 2020.

The video for “Punani” released on received more than 40 million views within two days.

Other meaning of Punani

“Punani” is the name of songs by various rappers and hip-hop artists:

  • “Punani” by Kyze
  • “Benz Punani” by Vybz Kartel
  • “Superstar Punani” by Sublime
  • “Punani Power” by Ebow
  • “Punani” by Bitsu
  • “Tightest Punani” by Vybz Kartel
  • “Punani” by Irma Ilic

“Punani” is a place in Sri Lanka. “Punani” is located in the Eastern Province in the district of Batticaloa.

In Estonian language Punani means “red”.

“Punani” is the name of a Berlin DJane.

How does the 369 method work? Explanation


Various videos are circulating on TikTok and YouTube about the so-called “369 Method” (also: “369 Manifestation Method”), with which you can allegedly achieve anything you set your mind to. It is said to have come from the Serbian-Croatian inventor Nikola Tesla (1856 – 1943), who drove forward groundbreaking developments in electrical energy technology. U.S. entrepreneur Elon Musk named his company Tesla after this inventor and obtained the rights to the name.

How does the 369 method work? Explanation

Several variants circulate on this. Number 1 seems to be the most credible:

  • 369 Method #1: This variant is simply a matter of setting a clear goal and speaking it aloud 3 times in the morning, 6 times at noon, and 9 times in the evening, writing it down, or both. The method thus serves to firmly anchor this goal, whereby in the course of the day, due to decreasing concentration, the repetition must be more impressive and thus more frequent. The fact that this is done with a frequency divisible by 3 is again attributed to Nikola Tesla, who was obsessed with the number 3 and its multiples (see below). Perhaps 2, 4 and 6 times or 4, 8 and 12 times would also be helpful. In any case, such persistent repetition can naturally anchor the goal very firmly in the subconscious.
  • 369 Method #2: The second interpretation of the method amounts to the fact that one can “manipulate” other people with this – for example to make contact with oneself. This is supposed to work via explicit messengers or social media portals. Again, however, you have to use your imagination: If you want to entice someone to contact you using the 369 method, you have to first imagine 3 times who this person is supposed to be, then think of a reason 6 times, and finally even formulate the content of the contact 9 times. Some propagators of this variant #2 claim that this works.
  • 369 Method #3: As if the variant #2 was not already esoteric enough, there is also a third version: We are all in a “matrix” and need the 369 method to leave this. Funny: connoisseurs of the movie of the same name always believed that the red pill was sufficient for this. Be that as it may: Since the red pill is not at hand, we have to imagine as usual in the morning, at noon and in the evening first 3, then 6 and then 9 times that our environment is not real. Then we manage to break out. If this has worked, however, we cannot go back again. Therefore, those who succeeded in 369 Method #3 cannot tell us about it. But we also can’t disprove that no one has made it yet. Isn’t that a clever theory?

Then there are warnings against the 369 method: Allegedly, “bad things” can be conjured up with it. The warners claim that you can make someone seriously ill and even die with it.

Interpretation of the 369 method: meaning, definition

Variant #1 sounds halfway reasonable. Whether it is purposeful, everyone may try out for itself. It can’t hurt at all to remind oneself of an important goal again and again in this way. Of course, there are also alleged proofs for the functioning of variant #2 and still some protagonists who swear by variant #3. This should not surprise anyone: There are also very many people who believe in UFOs. To these there are proof videos in abundance. So let’s assume that either Nikola Tesla or some other person at some point came up with the idea of this kind of repetition for formulating important goals and then found that it can actually work in psychological terms. We may dismiss both variants #2 and #3 as hokum. All in all, the whole discussion about the 369 method seems to be a short hype of the year 2020, which had probably already emerged in the English-speaking networks in the middle of 2019 and then reached the German-speaking networks at the beginning of 2020.

369 Method: Why Nikola Tesla?

First of all: Someone may have attributed this method to the inventor Nikola Tesla in the course of the viral spread of 369. This is even the more likely variant. But there is an important reason for choosing him as a reference person for this: Tesla was obsessed with the number 3 and its multiples. He considered the series of 3 numbers to be a “new law of nature” underlying the cosmos and all other laws. He probably combined this conviction with a tangible superstition: He only chose hotel rooms with a number divisible by 3, he cleaned his dishes with 18 napkins and first walked around a house he wanted to enter 3 times. This kind of eccentricity is also known from other geniuses and is considered forgivable. However, to use it now for a new hype is at least questionable. Since we already postulated that only the psychological effect of repeated repetition seems plausible, linking a real scientist with esoteric mumbo-jumbo is now really not serious.

Is the “369 method” dangerous?

Of course not. Variant #1 is certainly even useful, the other two variants we dismiss with a shrug, we can’t see any harm in this superstition. If you need a little entertainment, check out 369 videos on YouTube or TikTok.

What does pendejo mean in English? Translation, meaning


“Pendejo” is Spanish and means as a noun in English:

  • A**hole
  • dumbass
  • Moron
  • Idiot
  • boy
  • dolt
  • Moron
  • See also: Cabron

What does “pendejo” mean in English? Meaning, explanation, translation

“Pendejo” is a mild Spanish insult and swear word. “Pendejo” is said to someone who treats others badly. “Pendejo” is also said to losers and losers, and to people who are clumsy and stupid. “Pendejo” is also a term for cowards and scaredy-cats. Partly, “pendejo” is also translated as “brat”.

“Pendejo” is a more serious insult than “estúpido”. “Estúpido” means something like “stupid nut” or “goofball” in English. Estúpido is also a very lighter insult.

“Pendejo” should not be said to Spaniards or Spanish-speaking people. They might react physically to this insult.

Context strongly determines how “pendejo” is understood. If one has a friendly relationship with a person called “pendejo,” the result is different than if a stranger is addressed as “pendejo.”

“Pendejo” is pronounced as follows: (Please pronounce it as English as possible) “Penn-decho”.

“Eres un pendejo” means “You are a pendejo” in English.

The feminine form of “el pendejo” is “la pendeja”.

As an adjective, “pendejo” means in English: “stupid”, “simple-minded” or “cowardly”.

“Pendejada” is Spanish and means “stupidity” or “idiocy” in English. A “pendejada” is something or a thing that is nonsensical, stupid and a waste of time.

Meaning and origin of pendejo

“Pendejo” also means “pubic hair.” In its original Latin meaning, “pendejo” derives from the Latin term for pubic hair “pecten”.

In the 16th century, pendejo developed as a derogatory term for pubescent teenagers who were semi-strong and cocky, as well as having little pubic hair. “Pendejo” became a term like “jerk,” “whistle,” or “idiot,” precisely to make fun of the behavior of pubescent teenagers and teenagers themselves. From the 19th century, pendejo evolved into an insult. Today, “pendejo” is always understood as an insult in Spanish slang and colloquial language.

Pendejo is said and understood in the Spanish-speaking world. People in Spain, Central America and Latin America understand “pendejo.” Spanish immigrants in the United States, of course, understand “pendejo.”

Among non-Spanish speakers, “pendejo” also spread. They use “pendejo” as another mild insult.

Other meaning of Pendejo

¡Pendejo! is a Dutch metal band. Since 2006 ¡Pendejo! are active. Their songs include Bulla, Uñero, ¡Dos! and Flotadores.

“Pendejo” is an American film. It was released in 2013.

In social media, the hashtag #Pendejo is heavily used. In particular, Spanish-speaking social media participants use the hashtag.

“Pendejo” is a song by Babasónicos.

What is a VSCO girl / #vscogirl? Meaning, Definition, List, Checklist


Girls and young women who are active on various social media apps (Instagram, Tik Tok, VSCO, etc.) and share the same dress and lifestyle are called “VSCO girls”. In addition, you all use the app “VSCO” to shoot and edit photos.

VSCO girls and the associated hashtag #vscogirl are thus the name for a lifestyle trend among young girls and women. This is comparable to a surfer look lifestyle with greater awareness of nature and the environment.

Other hashtags under which photos edited by VSCO are distributed are: #vsco and #vscocam.

What are VSCO girls? #vscogirl Meaning, checklist

Under the hashtag #vscogirl, young girls and women post photos and pictures of themselves and their lives on Instagram, Tik Tok and other social media apps. What is striking is that VSCO girls look quite similar. These characteristics apply to many VSCO girls:

  • They wear shell necklaces, colorful bracelets and friendship bracelets.
  • VSCO girls like Pura Vida bracelets and care products from Mario Badescu.
  • They wear scrunchies or hair ties on their wrists. (Usually more than one).
  • They own a Fjällraven Kanken backpack.
  • VSCO girls like to wear oversized T-shirts.
  • They wear Vans, Crocs, or shoes from Birkenstock.
  • They own a water bottle from Hydro Flask.
  • They wear tube tops and jean shorts.
  • A VSCO girl’s favorite car is said to be the Jeep.
  • VSCO girls use reusable straws such as metal straws.
  • They cover their water bottle and laptop with vinyl stickers and Ron Jon Surf Shop stickers. These stickers can be the following: “Good Vibes”, a gramophone, “OOF”, “G*rl Power”, “*Sips TEa*”, “It’s from a vine”, Bubble Tea, Pizza, etc.
  • They like instant cameras like the “FujiFilm Instax Mini 9 Camera”.
  • They own Apple Airpods.
  • They like Carmex brand lip balm.
  • Their makeup is “no-makeup.”
  • VSCO girls like Sun Bum sunscreen.
  • VSCO girls paint their fingernails in pastel colors.
  • VSCO girls like to dress casual. There is no strong emphasis on brands.
  • They like Starbucks tea.
  • Beach photos can be found on many VSCO girls.

In particular, a VSCO girl is characterized by the fact that she likes the above clothes, accessories and things. She does not wear or own them to be considered a VSCO girl.

In addition, VSCO girls have their own terms. These include:

  • “and I oop”
  • “sksksk” and “sksksksk” (Comparable to “Lol”, “hahaha” and generally a laugh).

VSCO girls are characterized by a strong environmental and climate awareness. The look of VSCO girls is reminiscent of the look of surfer girls of the 90s.

What is VSCO? Meaning of the app and abbreviation

The name VSCO-Girl is derived from the photo and video editing app “VSCO”. But “VSCO” is not only an editing app, but also a community. VSCO is aimed at amateur photographers and photographers.

“VSCO” is the abbreviation for “Visual Supply Company.” “VSCO” is pronounced as “Visco.” Vis-Co.

The app “VSCO” is used to create photos and videos, edit and enhance them. In addition to filters, the app also offers retouching features such as: Images are straightened, plunging lines and edges are corrected and faces can be retouched. Other tools include: Edit image sharpness and saturation level, edit light and shadow colors, grain effects, compensate for light variations, etc.

VSCO has been around since 2011, when it was called “VSCO CAm”. in 2012, the app was launched. In 2016, VSCO had over 30 million users.

The VSCO app is available for iOS and Android. The app and company was founded by Joel Flory and Greg Lutze.

Distribution and meaning of VSCO girl / #vscogirl

Increased searches for “vsco girl” can be found on Google.com since June 2019. Before that, there were no significant searches for “vsco girl”. Globally, the VSCO girl trend has also been spreading since June 2019.

Searches for “VSCO girl” are strong in the following regions: Western Europe, Northern Europe, Southern Europe, North America, Russia, Saudi Arabia, India, South Africa, Australia and New Zealand, Indonesia, parts of South America (Brazil, Chile, Argentina, Colombia) and in Turkey.

The strongest searches for “VSCO Girl” are in the USA, Australia, Canada, Norway, Sweden and Finland.

What does a white heart emoji 🤍 mean? Meaning, explanation


On the one hand, the white heart emoji stands for romantic love as well as desire and longing. On the other hand, it can express sadness and is supposed to give comfort. In this sense, it signals helpfulness and support. The white heart gains its concrete meaning mostly from the combination with other emojis.

What does a white heart emoji 🤍 mean? Meaning, explanation

If the white heart is combined with a kiss smiley or a red heart, it stands for love, passion or friendly affection. Combined with a candy bar, it shows the desire or longing for white chocolate. Linking the white heart emoji with a snowman is an allusion to the season of winter. If a Santa Claus follows the white heart, a Christmas greeting is sent.

The white heart emoji 🤍 is also called “clear heart”, “heart of purity” or “winter heart”. It stands for positive feelings.

The meaning of the color white

In Western cultural circles, the color white stands for purity, cleanliness, enlightenment, innocence and peace. For example, the white flag is raised to stop fighting and initiate peace negotiations. The dove of peace is also white. A person who has done nothing wrong has a clean slate. A bride wears white at her wedding if she is innocent going into the marriage. Last but not least, the work clothes of doctors and medical personnel are white to inspire confidence in their purity in the sense of cleanliness and hygiene.

White is a contrasting color. It can dazzle or illuminate. It can make a place appear structured and orderly, but also sterile and empty. White is associated with light and brightness as well as with distance and coldness.

In Far Eastern cultures, but also in Africa, white is the color of mourning and death. White is therefore worn at funerals. Support, comfort and helpfulness are central in this context.

Looking at nature, white is often associated with snow, clouds or a spray. White flowers are particularly fragrant. There are numerous white, graceful animals. Moreover, the white dove has a biblical meaning. It refers to holiness.

In addition, white stands for a new beginning. As a color that physically combines all other colors, white can signal equality. Equality, meanwhile, is associated with justice and neutrality. Another meaning of the color white as a totality of all colors is perfection and thus also the good or right.

About white heart emoji 🤍

The white heart emoji 🤍 is available since 2019. It was released in Unicode 12.0. Depending on the platform or operating software (OS), it is white to white-greyish. Also, depending on the platform or operating software (OS), it is sometimes displayed with border or without border.

What does a purple heart emoji 💜 mean? Meaning, explanation


Purple heart has several meanings: It can stand for connection and compassion, but also signal a sexual interest. Occasionally it is used to express wealth and glamour. In the US, it is also associated with a military award, the Purple Heart, given to wounded or killed soldiers to honor their service.

What does a purple heart emoji 💜 mean? Meaning, explanation

Sent between friends or girlfriends, the purple heart represents sympathy and support in difficult situations. It expresses compassion and understanding. In a friendly context, the purple heart testifies to succor and connection.

If it is sent as part of a flirtation, the sender simply expresses his sexual interest with the purple heart. In this context, it embodies affection and is an erotic approach.

For celebrities, the purple heart is in turn an expression of wealth and glamour. Those who send a purple heart in this context add glamor to themselves and show that they are wealthy.

The various uses of the purple heart emoji 💜 go back to the richness of meaning of the color purple.

Purple heart 💜 and BTS

The purple heart 💜 is used as a fan recognition sign of the Kpop band BTS. It is also used on “Purple Day” on March 26.

The purple heart has been associated with BTS since around 2016. At that time, a BTS member used the purple heart to express the attachment and love to the fans. This led to fans adopting the purple heart.

What does the color purple mean?

Purple is derived from the complementary colors red and blue. As a combination of opposites – the energy and power of the color red with the coolness and calmness of the color blue – purple stands for individuality and self-confidence, among other things. This is what the sexual use of the purple heart emoji refers to. However, in its sexual connotation, purple also stands for gender equality as well as strength and independence. Therefore, purple is also the color of feminism.

Purple also stands for passion and magic or mysticism. A spiritual, meditative effect is attributed to this color and it is reflected in the clothing of numerous religious dignitaries.

In some cultures, however, purple is the color of mourning, fear and sin. This is apparently where the significance of the purple heart emoji as an expression of compassion and succor comes from.

About the purple heart emoji 💜

The purple heart emoji 💜 was introduced and released in Unicode 6.0 in 2010. Depending on the platform and operating system, its purple tone is slightly different. Either the purple is lighter or darker. Also, depending on the operating system and platform, whether the heart has a border or not varies.

Conclusion: meaning / explanation purple heart (emoji) 💜

Originally, purple was an expensive color. Therefore, it is often associated with luxury and extravagance, but also with power. Accordingly, the purple heart emoji stands for glamor and wealth, although in this meaning it is used only by celebrities, that is, influential people.

The ambiguity and ambivalence of the color purple accounts for the different uses of the purple heart emoji. Its meaning is therefore dependent on relationship and context.

What does a black heart emoji 🖤 mean? Meaning, explanation


Next to the red heart, the black heart is most often sent in text messages or used in social media. However, its meaning is multifaceted and can be easily misunderstood.

The meaning of the color black:

In our culture, black has always stood for mourning and death. In other cultures, however, black is considered a sign of love and life. Accordingly, in German-speaking countries, black is usually considered somber, but also elegant. Especially among younger generations, black is also considered an extremely popular and cool color. Occasionally, black is linked with strongly negative associations, but more often it stands as a neutral factor together with white opposite the other colors.

What does a black heart emoji 🖤 mean? Meaning, explanation

A black heart can have numerous meanings. Rarely, it is used as a replacement for the red heart and represents deep and honest love. In these cases, the / the writer always uses the black heart, because the color brings a personal meaning. It also often symbolizes an affiliation with a particular scene, such as the gothic or metal scene. In these scenes, a black heart can take on the meaning of all hearts with other colors and is used universally.

Occasionally, a black heart is also used to express a negative love. This can be both an unrequited love and a past love and heartbreak. In this context, anger and sorrow also play a major role. These two feelings can also be underlined alone without connection to love with a black heart as a negative representation and distortion of reality.

More often, however, the black heart is used as a sign of black humor. With it it is marked that a statement is not to be understood maliciously, but is meant funny. Such black heart markings can occur both before and after black humor parts.

To be strongly separated from this use of the black heart are manifestations of mourning after deaths. These, too, are often accompanied by a black heart. Black to symbolize mourning, the heart to show what significance the deceased had. However, even when comforting a loved one, the black heart can show that you are there for someone who has suffered a loss.

In some cases, the black heart is used solely for its elegance. In this case, a connection with somber poetry is usually expected. However, some people also try to appear as cool, emotionless and aloof as possible through black hearts. Almost never is the black heart used as a serious sign of demon worship or Satanism.

What does a yellow heart emoji 💛 mean? Meaning, explanation


The heart is the symbol of love. A yellow heart stands for a special kind of love, which can be meant only between certain people or to a certain thing. It stands for loving friendship. A yellow heart is used in social media and likewise in text messages to people to whom one is affectionate. The yellow heart is a friendly, kind and honest symbol of loving affection for a particular person. However, it also expresses happiness and joy of life, so it also stands for something that gives extra pleasure or just makes you happy.

In social media or even in text messages, symbols are used for a reason. In order to convey a certain message, they are also changed and vary in color, for example. It’s the same with the yellow heart. Whoever uses it wants to send a clear message. It is: You belong to my loved one. Whether it is a family member or a friend is irrelevant. Because the yellow heart does not stand for physical love, but for platonic love. The people to whom a yellow heart is sent are important in the life of the sender – or are to become so.

What does a yellow heart emoji 💛 mean? Meaning, explanation

Yellow is the color equivalent of gold. A yellow heart is actually a gold heart. This equation already suggests that the yellow heart in a text message is a loving signal. It stands for friendship, but also for happiness, joy and optimism.

With the yellow heart you tell a virtual acquaintance that you like them very much. But not in a romantic or even physical sense. However, the emoji is also suitable for wishing someone happiness. A yellow heart as a symbol reinforces written good wishes.

A yellow heart stands for everything that has to do with friendship, happiness and joy of life. If you want a good friend to know that he is currently missing, a yellow heart can be added to the message. If he should know that he is the best, a yellow heart shows him that. But the yellow heart also clearly indicates to him that he is simply “just” a friend.

Yellow hearts (emoji) 💛can be combined

A yellow heart can stand alone. However, it can also be doubled or tripled and then signifies a reinforcement of a good wish or kind thoughts. Three yellow hearts in a row show the recipient of a text message that the sender wishes him very good luck with something. The hearts then stand for a friendly toi, toi, toi.

If you want to express how much you like a certain thing or that you are happy with it, you can combine two emojis. For example, an emoji for a meal or a drink, for a sporting activity or another leisure activity together with a yellow heart signals that exactly this one particular thing gives a lot of pleasure and makes you happy.

Yellow heart emoji 💛: Being in love is different from being in love (explanation, meaning)

Physical love is something different from being in love with someone or something. The yellow heart represents the latter meaning. One can be in love with a best friend without ever being physically close to him. But one can also be in love with a certain pair of shoes or be infatuated with a certain perfume. In all cases, this feeling is marked with a yellow heart. If this feeling is deep, it can also be underlined with several yellow hearts.

The yellow heart thus describes in all harmlessness a loving affection, which can apply to a sister as well as to a best friend. So, if you want more from another person than a friendly relationship, you should not resort to the yellow heart. For this, there are other symbols and emojis that do not leave the recipient in the dark.

What does a green heart emoji 💚 mean? Meaning, explanation


While a red heart usually has a very clear meaning in social media and text messages, a green heart much more often raises the question of its meaning. It should be taken into account that green has always been considered the color of hope. Therefore, green hearts always express the hopeful future prospects of the writer.

The meaning of the color green:

Green is not only considered the color of hope, but also represents nature and elements close to nature. Green has a very strong calming effect and is therefore also considered the color of peace, contentment and confidence. Happiness is also strongly associated with green. In a negative context, green stands for poison, envy and jealousy. Immaturity is also often associated with green.

What does a green heart emoji 💚 mean? Meaning, explanation

When the symbol of love is combined with the color green, its meaning is also transformed. The heart now no longer stands for love, but reflects hope. In most cases, green hearts are used to show that after a period of desolation, new hope has been created and you are now full of confidence in the future. This clearly symbolizes that the writer is clearly better again and that one no longer has to worry.

However, if the green heart is used in connection with people, this usually indicates a fairly neutral, yet friendly relationship. The green heart is used in those situations where no love and passion would justify a red heart, the friendship is also not yet solid enough to use a blue heart. In rare cases, green hearts are also exchanged as peace offerings after disputes. Here it is to be expected that after the initial settlement of the dispute, numerous red hearts will also follow shortly.

Other meanings and uses of green heart (emoji) 💚:

Rarely, a green heart is used as a sign of love for nature. In such cases, it is meant to symbolize the longing for vacations and spending time outdoors. Usually, this is combined with other emojis, for example, trees as a sign of love for forests or cute animals as a sign of love for nature in general.

Another type of love for nature is shown when the green heart is representative of marijuana. However, this is usually seen from the context of the message and will probably never be misunderstood for other meanings.

What does a blue heart emoji 💙 mean? Meaning, explanation


Besides the classic red heart, other colored hearts are often used in text messages and on social media. Each color has a very special meaning. A blue heart here is supposed to stand for loyalty and friendship in particular. Therefore, the blue hearts are usually used in messages to particularly good friends. However, posts on social media that generally deal with the topic of friendship are also provided with blue heart emojis.

The meaning of the color blue:

The color blue usually represents the two elements of air and water. It is also associated with the expression of freedom, independence and longing. But also the representation of depth, loyalty and honesty is usually associated with shades of blue. However, blue is also associated with coldness, isolation and distance. In addition, calm and serenity, clarity, prudence and neutrality are also represented by the color blue.

What does a blue heart emoji 💙 mean? Meaning, explanation

When the color blue is combined with a heart, which is the symbol of love, it results in several possible interpretations. On the one hand, a blue heart is associated with a cold, unrequited love. But such is rarely communicated on social media or in text messages. On the other hand, the second case occurs much more often. This is the kind of love that can only occur between extremely good friends. Platonic love. This is characterized by deep, honest affection on a spiritual level, but without physical attraction. Thus, blue hearts stand for honest friendships and absolute fidelity. At the same time, the difference to perfect love is also represented by prudence and distance.

So blue hearts emojis 💙 are mostly used:

In most cases, one or more blue hearts are used to represent a good friendship. While women tend to send red hearts in these cases as well, men often resort to the more harmless variant of the blue heart. Rarely, several blue hearts are also meant to replace one red heart. This is the case when the user is not sure whether a red heart is positively perceived as a sign of love. Therefore, the more neutral blue heart is sent instead.

In some situations, however, blue hearts can stand for entirely different things. This is usually made clear by the context and / or the combination with other emojis.

The blue heart can stand as a sign for a fetish in the BDSM area. However, this will always be clear through the context.

Blue hearts in combination with water and beach emojis (water drops, beach, waves, sun, parasol) show the love for water, beach and water sports. It also often symbolizes the longing for a day at the beach.

If a blue heart is combined with a red heart, it is meant to represent the beginning transition of a friendship to love.

The combination of a blue heart with a sad or crying emoji is supposed to make the longing for a person clear. This can be either a friend or a loved one. The color blue stands for longing, but also for distance.

Who is Malenia (Elden Ring)? Boss, story, fighting style, strategy, lore


If the Japanese developer studio “From Software” has become known for one thing, it’s definitely for releasing computer games that have a significantly higher difficulty level than most other titles that are released in stores nowadays. The latest game from the Japanese developer studio called “Elden Ring” is no exception in this regard. The high difficulty level is primarily due to the many bosses in the game, whose conquest usually turns out to be anything but easy. However, as in any other so-called “Soulslike game”, there are some bosses in Elden Ring that are even more difficult to defeat than most of the others in the game.

One of these particularly difficult bosses in Elden Ring is “Malenia, the Blade of Miquella”. Quite a few players have to make several dozen attempts before they can take down this boss opponent for the first time. Just one tiny mistake during the fight can result in instant death (and thus failure of the attempt) for the player. Therefore, it is highly recommended to prepare as much as possible before the fight with Malenia. How the fight against Malenia works in detail, and what makes it so difficult, can be found out in this article. Together with this information (and some practice in the boss fight), any player can emerge victorious from this fight in the end.

Find Melania: Elden Ring, Location

To even reach this boss enemy, the player must be in possession of both halves of the “Haligtree Secret Medallion”. After that, one must use these two halves to find Rold’s big elevator, where the completed medallion can then be used to use this elevator. Afterwards, one reaches the “consecrated snowfield”, where now the “liturgical city Ordina” must be found. Once there, the player must then solve a puzzle to reach “Miquella’s Haligtree”. In the main building of this dungeon is then the arena, where Malenia, the blade of Miquella is waiting for one. Before that, of course, the rest of the dungeon can be explored at leisure.

Fight against Melanie: preparation – the right ash

In any case, it is highly recommended to rely on the support of a spirit summon for the fight. In the duel with Melania, numerous players have found two ghost summons to be especially useful:

  • Ashes of the Tower Shield Soldier
  • Ashes of the Mimic TearThe former summons a large tower shield soldier

that can corner the boss opponent, Malenia, if the fight goes well, while also being able to inflict regular stunning blows on her. Ashes of Mimic Tear involves summoning a ghostly copy of your character. The effectiveness of this copy depends on the player character’s own stats.

The first phase

One of the big problems with Malenia is the fact that this boss enemy heals herself with every single hit she lands. She also heals herself when she hits a player’s spirit summon with area attacks, so not every spirit summon is suitable for the fight by a long shot. Some players even approach the fight completely alone (without summons) for this reason, as Melania has fewer attack targets to heal from with hits this way.

Her maneuvers include a charged thrust attack that can kill the player with just one hit in some circumstances. She also does a kind of “blade dance”, in which she stays in the air for a few seconds and then delivers several blows, even switching back and forth between different targets. Therefore, you should move away from her as soon as possible once she starts hovering.

Throughout the fight, you’ll have to constantly pay attention to execute parries and dodge rolls at the right moments, to find suitable time slots in which you can deal damage to Malenia without taking damage yourself. It can also be very advantageous in combat to stun Malenia regularly – whether with your own character, or by summoning her. Her weakness is her armor, which has a relatively low resistance to charged attacks and jump attacks. Therefore, at some point in the fight, you should be able to cause the boss opponent to stumble, which allows you to land a particularly effective hit (critical hit) directly afterwards. If you have both the celestial and the purple assassin pendant equipped, you’ll get additional life and spell points back for these critical hits.

The second phase

Anyone who got Malenia’s life bar drained for the first time might have been surprised to learn that this extremely difficult fight was only the first phase of it up to that point. At the beginning of the second phase, her life bar is replenished, and the boss opponent transforms into “Malenia, the Goddess of Rot”. The player should pay special attention during the phase change, as Malenia’s first maneuver in the second phase has the potential to kill the player character in just one swipe.

In general, the range of Malenia’s attacks and movement patterns doesn’t really differ from her maneuvers from the first phase. However, the big (and extremely annoying) difference from the first phase is that all of her attacks now also trigger Scarlet Rot. Therefore, as a preparation step, it is highly recommended to have already equipped the necessary consumables to fight against this scarlet rot.

At this stage, however, a few more attacks are added. As soon as the boss enemy establishes distance from the player while hovering, it doesn’t take long for her to fire several projectiles at the player with her weapon, which definitely need to be dodged. However, right after firing these projectiles, Malenia herself tries another attack, which is why you have to dodge her herself right after these projectiles. Another (and particularly powerful) ability of hers is that she takes to the air flying, whereupon appendages of blazing fire shoot out of her back. As a result, the player must immediately run and roll away from it as best they can, especially since Malenia also fires a shockwave towards the ground in a set target area. In addition to a large amount of damage, this shockwave also causes additional scarlet rot.

What is “green inflation”? Meaning, definition, explanation


“Green inflation” is the term used to describe price increases that result from climate protection measures.

What is “green inflation”? Meaning, definition, explanation

Experts warn of “green inflation”. On the one hand, this is related to climate protection and their investments. The energy transition and rising CO2 taxes are driving the price increase. As early as February 2021, a British economist predicted that we would soon be facing very high inflation. This is due not only to the cost of climate change, but also to an aging population and declining globalization. The high CO2 prices could then bring about so-called “green inflation,” the economist warned.

In earlier centuries, rising bread prices could be taken as a yardstick. Today, it is energy prices, whose price increases are currently going through the roof. The Federal Statistical Office stated that at the end of 2021, energy was 22.1% more expensive than 12 months earlier. Fuels and heating oil even rose by 50%. In the case of electricity and gas, the prices were still halfway bearable, as they rose by “only” 12%. Provided that consumers had a contract with a price guarantee.

There are many reasons for the price increase. Geopolitical tensions, the recovery of the global economy, rising prices of emission rights, or even the abolition of the temporary VAT reduction. Not to forget the new CO2 tax.

Of course, some of these factors are probably only a temporary phenomenon. However, if politicians are serious about climate protection, we may see further increases in fossil fuel prices in this regard. Only higher prices will lead to a change in behavior and a rethink among consumers.

The problem here is that many people are unable to react so quickly to price changes. In rural areas in particular, many working people are dependent on cars to get to work. People who live in their apartment for rent cannot simply insulate it on their own or even install a new, economical heating system.

Additional inflation driver Energy turnaround

The ban on cheap, conventional energy sources is forcing the economy to switch to expensive energy sources. Production costs also increase as a result of the abolition of coal and nuclear energy. The associated inflation could no longer compare to the oil crisis in the 1970s.

Climate protection programs of the EU Commission and the switch to renewable energies will probably boost consumer prices even further. In addition, there is also the pricing of greenhouse gases. To this end, the German government has agreed the following as part of the national emissions trading system: The CO2 tax is to be raised from 25 to 30 euros per metric ton until it gradually reaches 55 euros per metric ton in 2025.
Rising prices for CO2 certificates

At the European level, pollution rights are also costing more and more. Within a year, CO2 certificates traded on the Leipzig Power Exchange have tripled in price. They rose to 82 euros. Sometimes the limit of 90 euros has been exceeded. Electricity producers have even switched to coal-fired power because of rising gas prices. This, of course, encouraged the emission of CO2 gases, which in turn led to strong demand for CO2 allowances. Industrial plants and power stations need these allowances. They have to deliver one certificate to the emissions trading office for each ton of CO2 emitted.

It is only a matter of time before CO2 certificates break the 100 euro per ton barrier. A U.S. investment bank has already predicted such an effect in terms of price increases. In such a scenario, an increase would have a significant impact on consumers’ electricity costs, which could well rise by 12%. This would add 35 basis points to the rise in overall inflation in the euro area.

CO2 policy contributes to inflation

Rising CO2 taxes are also impacting consumer prices in Germany. In 2020, Germany’s CO2 policy has already contributed up to 1.1 percentage points to the increase in the CO2 levy.

The consequences of the high CO2 price are already being clearly felt in consumers’ wallets. Electricity prices, which have risen more than 18% in 2020; gas prices were subject to an even greater increase. The trigger for this price explosion was the initially rapid recovery of the economy after the corona-induced lockdown. The imbalance of supply and demand in the gas and oil markets also contributed significantly.

Expensive winter

As is well known, many electric and gas utilities raised their prices. This is likely to be reflected in many consumers’ bills over the next few months.

After oil prices initially fell again slightly in December 2020, consumers felt a slight increase again as early as January 2021 due to the discontinuation of the temporary reduction in VAT.

The direction of CO2 prices, however, knows only one path: upward. The politically enforced taxation of greenhouse gases will further spur “green inflation”. The inflationary effect is already pre-programmed by the steady increase in the CO2 surcharge until 2025.

Is “green inflation” dangerous?

So will “green inflation” become a real danger this year or in the following years? Many banks are concerned about this situation. The economy’s abandonment of the use of CO2-emitting technologies could lead to distortions and thus have an impact on inflation.

However, many economists consider the discussion about “green inflation” to be completely misguided. Opinions claiming that “green inflation” is bad or even harmful would be wrong and cynical. Economists agree that it is not the CO2 price and climate protection that would lead to increased inflation. The opposite would be true. Climate change itself and related trade disputes would pose the greater threat.

Prices for climate-damaging actions and behaviors will rise

It is probably fair to agree that some degree of “green inflation” is probably right and also necessary. It reflects an adjustment in relative prices. In order to incentivize innovation and climate-neutral economic processes, prices for climate-damaging behavior must rise. Consumers probably need to be aware of this.

If the calculations are correct, the inflation rate in the next few years would no longer average 1.4%, but 1.9%. This is based on the assumption that inflation will be 0.5% higher. After all, this figure would still be below the inflation rate of 2% calculated by the ECB.

What is Greenflation? Meaning, definition, explanation


Greenflation (from “green” and “inflation”) means that the energy transition triggers inflation. This can be observed to some extent and is feared even more. There are two main causes for this:

  • #1 The energy transition requires certain raw materials, for example rare earths for photovoltaic modules and a lot of steel for wind turbines. Raw material prices are already rising. The energy transition is creating even higher demand, which is driving up prices (fuelling inflation).
  • #2 The investment market for green financial assets has been humming for some time and has now exceeded the two-trillion-euro mark in Europe alone. So much capital is also driving up prices.

Greenflation: The problem with raw materials

The problem with commodities is very real. Their prices are rising, admittedly, for a variety of reasons: because of the strengthening global economy in general, because of political uncertainties in some producing regions, and since 2020 also because of the corona pandemic, which sometimes brings supply chains to a standstill due to lockdowns and quarantine measures. Now, however, there is also the gigantic demand for raw materials for plants that produce renewable energy. Take silicon for solar cells, for example: This is already inherently scarce because it is costly to produce and it takes about two years to ramp up a new production facility.

In the past, manufacturers tended to invest cautiously because a gigantic boom in solar cells with the corresponding silicon demand was not necessarily foreseeable until around 2015. But now the energy turnaround is picking up speed worldwide, because the consequences of climate change can no longer be ignored anywhere on the planet. Demand for silicon is therefore rising rapidly, with other factors contributing to this: there may be enough steel for wind turbines, but wind turbines often meet with resistance from the population, at least on land. Solar cells would be the much less visible and, above all, noiseless alternative. The fact that this would make solar modules, and therefore silicon, more expensive is practically inevitable. That is just one example. Another would be rare raw materials such as lithium and cadmium for batteries, which are also very urgently needed if we really want to get our electricity predominantly from renewable energies that are highly volatile in generation.

Since the sun does not shine at night and the wind is unpredictable, surplus electricity from solar and wind power urgently needs to be stored on a large scale. There is a threat of shortages of these commodities and thus an upward spiral of high demand and tight supply that can be extremely price driving. This is greenflation, which could indeed assume considerable proportions. And we haven’t even considered the agricultural sector yet. Here, too, cheap production with pesticides and factory farming is to give way to an environmentally friendly and sustainable economy – which will be more expensive. It is not for nothing that the new Minister of Agriculture, Cem Özdemir (Bündnis 90/Grüne), announced higher food prices at the beginning of 2022.

Expert opinions on greenflation

Experts have been noting the trend toward higher commodity prices, which is also being triggered by the energy transition, for some time now. Karl Lichtblau, head of the IdW (Institut der deutschen Wirtschaft)told Redaktionsnetzwerk Deutschland at the beginning of 2022 that the energy turnaround was definitely threatened by the shortage of raw materials.

The Cologne-based economist pointed to procurement problems for 22 important raw materials, including lithium, copper and platinum. Copper is important for wind turbines, lithium for battery production and platinum for the production of hydrogen. Ruchir Sharma, chief strategist at Morgan Stanley, explicitly mentioned the new term “greenflation.” He fears that prices will rise so sharply that global climate policy will be jeopardized. Sharma also sees a problem in new environmental policy requirements of most countries, which make the extraction of important raw materials – including bauxite (for aluminum production) and copper – more expensive. This raw material extraction has so far gone hand in hand with major overexploitation of nature, but this must be stopped. That’s welcome, Sharma said, but: carbon dioxide-free electricity is likely to become much more expensive on balance than the global community had previously assumed.

Bremen-based economist Rudolf Hickel warns of the sociopolitical consequences of greenflation. He points to the addition of politically intended (see Özdemir, agricultural sector) and market-driven price increases. These would inevitably place a very heavy burden on low-income earners and transfer recipients. If housing, energy and food became more expensive, this would seriously affect the substance, according to Hickel. The economist criticizes that the new traffic light coalition has not yet sufficiently analyzed all the effects of such developments. This will also have political repercussions, he said. The exploding prices are likely to reduce acceptance among the population for the energy turnaround. This phenomenon could even slow down the energy turnaround worldwide, the expert added. While larger transfers to low-income earners are conceivable in Germany and other developed countries, this is not the case in the majority of countries.

What impact does green finance have on greenflation?

Green investments have been around since the 1990s, but they began to boom in the new millennium. Then, in 2007, the EIB (Luxembourg-based European Investment Bank) launched new Green Bonds to allow investors to contribute directly to climate action through earmarked bonds.

Green bond capitalization exceeded two trillion euros in 2021. As this capital flows into green investments, it can drive up prices. This was investigated by financial experts Simon Jessop and Sujata Raoder on behalf of Reuters. They found that the flow of money from green bonds did indeed cause prices to rise in certain areas, but noted that this did not necessarily mean that there was a general rule: there was also the opposite effect. Since capital also accelerates technological and entrepreneurial developments, in some places there are even price-reducing effects due to greater efficiency in production.

However, Jessop and Raoder drew attention to another possible effect of greenflation: According to the economists, this could cause central banks to tighten their monetary policy due to inflationary pressure. This would then generate feedback effects on stock, bond and currency markets. This effect had been ignored until 2021 only because the ECB’s key rate has already been at 0.0% since 2016 and the other major central banks (Fed, BoE, BoJ, SNB) also operate with extremely low key rates. A little inflation was even longed for until early 2021. Now it is here, greenflation is coming. This should certainly heed, if not worry, the financial world, according to Jessop and Raoder.

Influence on the Real Economy

Greenflation seems inevitable, so it is important to examine its impact on the rest of the real economy. The latter is expected to become greener and more sustainable, but it is also likely to produce more expensively in the future. In response to this, companies have two means at their disposal, which they can also combine in the sense of a compromise:

  • #1 They pass on the price pass-throughs to their customers, which fuels inflation. Consumers respond by demanding wage increases, which also drive inflation.
  • #2 Businesses are living with lower profit margins. This is not as unlikely as it first appears. Companies also have a green conscience, plus there is competition in this regard. Price drivers could disappear from the market.

It is inevitable that there will be huge changes in the real economy. The largest industries will be affected: steel production, which will use hydrogen as an energy carrier; the automotive industry, which will produce electric cars instead of internal combustion engines; the construction industry, which will build for energy efficiency; the environmental industry (manufacturers of wind and solar power plants); and the agricultural sector. Consumers will have to prepare for price increases in some areas. They may also have to abandon certain habits and behaviors because they simply become too expensive. One example might be vacation travel on a low-cost airline.

Conclusion: Greenflation

Greenflation is real, but it is also manageable. Moreover, it is basically without alternative, because without a restructuring of the economy and consumption, the planet will inevitably collapse in terms of climate.

How to get into the Raya Lucaria Academy? Elden Ring, tips


The Academy of Raya Lucaria is the second so-called Legacy Dungeon in the open world role-playing game Elden Ring by FromSoftware. The academy is located in the sea country of Liurnia. During the first visit, players will notice that the path is blocked with a magical barrier, which they must first break through.

How to get into the Raya Lucaria Academy? Elden Ring, Tips

After players defeat Godrick the Grafted at Storm Veil Castle, they enter a new area of the interlands from his throne room. This is the Liurnia Lakescape and is a vast region centered around a large lake plateau.

Near the starting point, players will see a small ruin, which upon closer inspection turns out to be the Church of Irith. When the players enter the ruined church, an NPC in a purple robe sits against the right wall. He introduces himself to the players as Thops, and was himself once a student at the Academy of Raya Lucaria. However, he was cast out and is now not coming back. Thops tells the players that they need a so-called Glintstone Key from the Academy before they can enter Raya Lucaria. These keys are extremely rare and contain magical energy that can be used to overcome magical barriers.

If the players travel to the academy afterwards, they will find the mentioned barrier sealing the south gate. Right nearby, players will find a corpse from which they can take a note. The note points to a secret meeting place where the players can obtain a Glintstone key.

Finding the Glintstone Key of Raya Lucaria

The clue from the corpse directs players to a small island located southwest of the Raya Lucaria Academy and north of the Temple Quarter. The stained know they are in the right area when they see a group of tear scarabs flying in the air.

Unfortunately, there is no NPC waiting for the players on said island to just kindly hand them the Glintstone Key they are looking for. Instead, they find the sleeping Glintstone Dragon, Smarag, just outside the island. Now the players have two options, and both options are difficult in their own way. They can attack the dragon directly and try to fight it. The dragon has the same attack patterns as the dragon Agheel in Limgrave. However, Smarag deals significantly more damage and its magic attacks can finish off even stains of a higher level in just one hit. The most sensible option is to ride up to the dragon on horseback, give it a quick hit or two, and retreat to get out of range of Smarag’s fire attacks. Spirit summons are of little help, unfortunately, because the dragon can make short work of them.

If players manage to defeat Smarag, they receive his dragon heart and 14000 runes. In addition, the way to the small island is free, where they can take the sought-after Glintstone key for the academy of Raya Lucaria from a corpse.

If you don’t want to fight the dragon, you can also try to sneak past it. This is difficult because the dragon is right in front of the island and it’s easy to accidentally bump into it once, but with a little practice you can get to the corpse with the key without fighting.

What awaits players at the Raya Lucaria Academy? Elden Ring

The Academy of Raya Lucaria is a much more open and expansive legacy dungeon compared to Castle Storm Veil. Among other things, tainted players will have to work their way through the Academy’s antechambers as well as its various study rooms, including minor detours through ruined graveyards or the Academy’s rooftops. The setup is similar to the Duke’s Archives from Dark Souls 1.

The main opponents in Raya Lucaria are wizards, who hurl around a palette of different magic attacks. But zombies crawling out of the ground and puppet warriors also make life difficult for the stained.

At the end of the academy, the Moon Princess Rennala awaits the players in a room full of smaller enemies. As the bearer of a fragment of the Elden Ring, she also possesses correspondingly great powers and will not part with her Great Rune so easily. So players will have to be prepared for a challenging battle before they can complete the Raya Lucaria Academy.

Who is Commander Niall (Elden Ring)? Boss, story, fighting style, strategy, lore


Commander Niall is an optional boss that players can find in Elden Ring. The boss watches over Sol Castle and blocks the way to an optional key item that opens a new area.

Where can you find Commander Niall? Elden Ring

After reaching the mountaintop of the Giants, players can find Sol Castle in the northeast of the area. The castle is not as big as, for example, Storm Veil Castle, but it offers some interesting places. Already at the entrance, a lion guardian is waiting for the players, who is still a serious opponent later in the game due to his fast attacks.

After the players have taken care of the lion guardian, they can explore the castle a bit more closely. In the south of the area they will find the Church of Eclipse. The place of mercy is a good place to rest and have a final refreshment. Afterwards, the players can leave the church through the eastern gate. At the end of the path, the players will find the battle arena, where Commander Niall is already waiting.

Combat Commander Niall: Strategy, Combat

At first glance, the commander seems heavy and ponderous. Due to his heavy armor, the knight seems very slow and with his wooden leg he gives the impression that he can’t be a real threat for fast attacks. At first, the commander doesn’t seem to be seriously interested in a fight either. He keeps his distance and stomps around a bit awkwardly with his halberd.

However, the commander doesn’t have to fight either. Instead, he is assisted by two spectral knights who, unlike their leader, charge directly at the players. One of the knights is equipped with two swords and relies on combination attacks to destroy the stained. The other knight has a shield and a sword. He does less damage in a direct comparison, but he’s also hard to take down because he’s good at blocking players’ attacks.

The interaction makes the spectral knights dangerous, and players must be careful with their own resources if they want to survive the battle. While supporting spectral creatures can be summoned, there is a risk that the spirits will already take too much damage from the knights and, in the worst case, die before the commander can even be dealt with.

Once the Spectral Knights are defeated, however, Niall also decides to enter the fray. Besides his attacks with the halberd, Niall has several elemental spells at his disposal. He can summon a whirlwind that inflicts frostbite damage on players. He can also charge up lightning energy with his artificial leg and unleash it through powerful jumps. However, there are also attack windows after some combo attacks, where the commander drops to his knees for a moment, exhausted. If players catch such a moment, they can significantly wound Commander Niall and eventually defeat him.

The reward for the effort: Reward Commander Niall, Elden Ring

Commander Niall is not an easy boss. Both the first phase with the Spectral Knights and his second battle phase drain your stamina and require a great deal of concentration and stamina. However, if the Tainted are victorious in the end, they will be rewarded with 90,000 runes and the Veteran’s Prosthesis. The prosthetic is a fist weapon that has a large blade mounted on it. It does physical damage, lightning damage, and also deals critical damage. When Stained activates the Storm Kick special attack, they first slam the prosthetic into the ground, triggering a whirlwind, before leaping into the air and unleashing a lightning attack.

Another reward that awaits players after fighting Commander Niall is the left half of the Haligbaum Medallion. Together with the right half of the medallion, which is hidden in the Albinaurian village in Liurnia of the Lakes, players can use Rold’s elevator.

Previously, Stained could only use the elevator from Leyndell after defeating Morgott, King of the Mal. Players could use the elevator to get to the mountaintop of the Giants, where they eventually defeated Commander Niall. However, if they return to Rold’s Elevator with the two halves of the Halig Tree Medallion, they have a new travel option. The elevator now takes them to the Consecrated Snowfields with the medallion. This secret area is only accessible via Rold’s Elevator and offers new challenges and custom bosses for players to face.

Elden Ring: How to get to the Consecrated Snowfield?


The Consecrated Snowfield is one of the larger optionally playable areas in the open-world action role-playing game Elden Ring. It is an add-on for the player, so to speak. On the map of the open-world action role-playing game Elden Ring, the Consecrated Snowfield is called the Consecrated Snowfield. Once the player reaches the Consecrated Snowfield, two more optional areas with several optional boss fights will be unlocked in the game.
The fights against the bosses in the Consecrated Snowfield are the hardest in the open-world action role-playing game Elden Ring. Most players fail against Malenia, Miquella’s black blade. Malenia is a boss with an amazing repertoire of magic and combat skills.

Players should therefore test their character’s skills before unlocking Consecrated Snowfield. One way to test it is to play through the quest “The Royal Capital Leyndell” on the Altus Plateau. The faster the player can defeat the bosses in Leyndell, the higher their chance of winning the boss fights in the Consecrated Snowfield.

Unlock the Consecrated Snowfield: Elden Ring

Until the Consecrated Snowfield is unlocked, this area will be shown as a grayed-out northern area on the map of the open-world action role-playing game Elden Ring.

To unlock the Consecrated Snowfield, the player will need the Halig Tree Secret Medallion. If the player uses this item as an elevator key in Rold’s elevator, which initially only leads to the Forbidden Land, the player can then also select access to the Consecrated Snowfield as a new destination. All he has to do is select the “Change Action” option.

As the game progresses, the player learns that the Secret Haligree Medallion has been broken in half. To reassemble this item, the player must complete the “Village of Albinaurics” quest in Liurnia for the right half of the medallion and the “Sol Castle” quest for the left half of the medallion.

Quest “Village of the Albinaurics”: Elden Ring

The village of the Albinaurics is located in Liurnia southwest of a lake below a mountain. From the riverbed in the south, first the lake and then from the lakeside in the direction of the mountain, the village can be reached quickly. As enemies there are several giant crabs to defeat on the way to the village.

In the village of the Albinaurics it is very dark. For his further way the player should create a light source. Several enemies attack from the dark corners of the village. The place of mercy (save point) is next to the well of the village. From there, a staircase goes up the mountain. East on the stairs, a path branches off, leading to a dead end. At the end of this dead end is a hut with several pots in front of it.
Once at the hut, the player must bang on the pots. However, these must not break. One of the pots produces a sound. This pot then introduces itself as Albus. Albus is an NPC. He tells the player a sad story. For listening, Albus gives the player the right half of the Halig Tree medallion.

Quest “Sol Castle”

The quest “Sol Castle” is optionally playable. The Sol Castle is a dungeon. This dungeon is a bit off the main quest. After completing the quest “Mountain Peaks of Giants”, the player just has to ride or walk north from the frozen lake. At the end of the frozen lake is Sol Castle. In front of Sol Castle is a walking mausoleum.

In Sol Castle, the final battle awaits the player against Commander Niall. He summons two knights to fight against the player. After both knights are defeated, Commander Niall attacks the player. After defeating Commander Niall, the passage to a tower is free.

At the top of the tower, the player encounters a ghost. The player can talk to the ghost. After that, he receives the left half of the Haligbaum medallion. Optionally, the player can also kill the ghost and loot the left half of the medallion.

The way to the Consecrated Snowfield (Elden Ring)

To get into the Consecrated Snowfield, the player must return to Rold’s elevator and enter the lower platform. Once the player lifts the Secret Haligbaum Medallion, the open-world action role-playing game Elden Ring unlocks the “Lift Secret Medallion” option. Unlocking this option will allow the player to target the Consecrated Snowfield in Rold’s Elevator at any time.
The Rold elevator does not immediately transport the player to the Consecrated Snowfield. The ride ends in catacombs. Several battles await the player in the catacombs. After that he gets outside into the Consecrated Snowfield.

Once outside the Consecrated Snowfield, the field of vision is very poor. There is a snowstorm. To escape the storm, the player must move strictly north. If the player deviates from this course, the character’s kill will follow regularly.
After the blizzard is overcome, the player reaches the city of Ordina. It is the city of liturgies. Outside the gates of the city there is a place of grace. The player should make sure to activate this place of mercy. Otherwise, upon his kill, the player’s character will be teleported back to Rold’s elevator.

The quests in the Consecrated Snowfield

The quests awaiting the player in the Consecrated Snowfield are the “Riddle of Ordina” and “Miquella’s Haligree”.

The quest “Riddle of Ordina” serves to unlock the way to Miquella’s Haligree. The player has to find keys with which he can illuminate four statues in Ordina. Only after illuminating the four statues is a path unlocked that leads to Miquella’s Haligree.

The quest “Miquella’s Haligree” is the fight against the boss Malenia, Miquella’s Black Blade, and the boss Loretta, Knight of the Haligree. In the process, the path through the Haligbaum leads over tree trunks and branches. After defeating Malenia and Loretta, the player will receive runes as well as rare and valuable items.

Conclusion: Elden Ring: How do you get to the Consecrated Snowfield?

The snow area is called the Consecrated Snowfield in the open-world action role-playing game Elden Ring. It is an optional playthrough area within the game that leads to two other optional areas with optional boss fights. Playing through the Consecrated Snowfield is rewarded by the game with rare and valuable items.

To unlock the Consecrated Snow Field, the Halig Tree Medallion must be assembled. To do this, you need to complete two quests. The access to the Consecrated Snowfield is the lower platform of Rold’s elevator. There, the Haligbaum medallion must be used. The open-world action role-playing game Elden Ring then unlocks access to the Consecrated Snowfield as the “Lift Secret Medallion” option.

Who is Millicent (Elden Ring)? NPC, Quest, Story, History, Lore


Millicent is an NPC that players can find in Elden Ring by FromSoftware. The young woman is affected by the so-called Scarlet Decay and is part of a quest series that allows players to secure an important key item.

How to find Millicent? Elden Ring

When players enter Gowry’s hut near the town of Sellia in Caelid, they find an old man wearing striking red wizard armor. He introduces himself as a former sage and asks the players to help him aid a young woman whose body has been afflicted by Scarlet Decay. To do so, the tainted must first find an untreated golden needle. The needle is guarded by an optional boss named Commander O’Neil, who resides in the swamp of Aeonia.

If players can defeat the boss, they must bring the needle back to Gowry. He will take the needle and ask for some time to prepare it. Players can teleport to a nearby mercy location or turn the game off once and restart to advance the quest.

Gowry will then give players the needle and ask them to bring it to Millicent, who is also in Caelid. It can be found in the Church of the Plague, which is located near Sellia. However, you have to light three torches in the village before you can enter the church.

After opening the way to the church, the players will find Millicent leaning against one of the destroyed walls. Her body is marked by scarlet decay and the skin of her arms and legs is rotten.

How do you continue with Millicent’s quest? Elden Ring

The players can give Millicent the needle from Gowry. Even if the young woman is skeptical, she will put the needle into her body. If you reload the game afterwards or teleport once to another place of grace, the young woman will continue her dialogue and then travel to Gowry’s hut. Players will also receive the prosthetic wearer’s heirloom. It is a talisman that raises stamina by 5 levels.

In Gowry’s hut, the players can talk to Millicent again. She then moves on and can next be found on Altus Plateau near the lookout over the earth tree in the northeast. After that, players must pick up the Valkyrene prosthetic in a crate guarded by a Pure Rot Knight in Shadow Castle and bring it back to Millicent.

In Dominula, when players face the Mist Gate of the Apostle of the Gods’ Scalps, they can summon Millicent to help.

After defeating the boss, players will find her near Windmill Mound. Again, they must use their dialogue to the fullest before Millicent moves on.

On the hilltop of the giants, the players meet the young woman again. Again, the conversation must continue to the last point before their quest continues. The young woman can then be found in Elphael on the way to the Halig Tree and does not move on until the players defeat the tree spirit with boils, which is located directly in front of the drainage channel.

When players reload the area afterwards, they will see two summoner signs. The one sign summons players to Millicent’s side to fight four phantoms. In return, players will receive the Insignia of the Rotten Winged Sword, which increases attack power when used in attack combinations.

However, players can also choose the other summoner’s insignia and fight Millicent themselves as a red phantom. If they win, they will receive Millicent’s prosthetic, which both increases stamina by 5 levels and boosts the attack of combinations.

If the players have decided to help Millicent, they will find the young woman lying nearby in a puddle of Scarlet Decay afterwards. When they talk to Millicent, she returns the untreated needle to them and then dies. Their quest line then ends.

What is the benefit of the untreated golden needle? Elden Ring

If players enter the secret arena of Malenia in Elphael with the needle, they can use the needle on a flower. They will then receive Miquella’s Needle and a Gloomy Ancient Dragon Forge Stone.

Miquella’s Needle is a key item that players need if they want to prevent the Lord of the Raging Flame from ending the game. It is sufficient for the players to have the needle with them when they enter the area of the Dragon Lord Placidusax on the Decayed Farum Azula. The needle will then be used automatically, without the players having to perform any additional action.

How do I get to the Round Table? Elden Ring, Roundtable Hold


The Roundtable Hold serves as a HUB location in Elden Ring, FromSoftware’s open world role-playing game, where players can level up, upgrade their equipment, or find various quest lines, among other things. Such HUBs have existed in every Soulsborne game and in Sekiro to provide players with a retreat. However, the path to the Round Table Stronghold in Elden Ring is a bit more hidden than in other games.

First Mention of the Round Table (Elden Ring)

Very early in the game, the Tainted hear about the Roundtable Hold without even knowing what it is all about. When they come out of the tutorial area and take their first steps into the interlands, they find an NPC wearing a white mask and a kind of monk’s robe just a few meters away from them, next to a place of mercy. This is the white-faced Varre.

When the players approach the mysterious NPC, he tells them on the top of his head that they are stains and that they neither have a maiden, nor can they follow the guidance of the Mercy, nor have they received an invitation to the Roundtable Hold.

Without more specific information, the location mentioned seems like one of the so-called Legacy Dungeons that FromSoftware included in Elden Ring to give players the classic Soulsborne gameplay experience. The name “Round Table Stronghold” seems just as cryptic as “Rod Mane Castle” or “Storm Veil Castle”. Thus, many players move on without thinking about the Round Table and its wider meaning.

The Way to the Round Table: Elden Ring, Roundtable Hold

To get to the Roundtable Hold, players must have met two requirements. They must have already rested in three different places of grace in order to meet the NPC Melina. The young woman comes to the stained and explains to them that without a maiden, they have little chance of survival in the interlands. Because the players themselves do not have access to a maiden, Melina offers herself as an interim solution, allowing the stained to finally spend their collected runes at places of grace to level up. Players will also receive a summoner bell from Melina, which they can use to summon spirits and also the horse Stormwind.

After that, there are two different ways to the Roundtable Hold. The easier way is that players must have rested at least twelve times in a place of grace. This happens quite automatically, but the probability is quite high that players will rest very often at the place of grace in the first hours before the boss fight against Margit, the Cruel Mark, because the boss is quite hard and you usually die very often.

When players rest at the Place of Mercy for the twelfth time, for example to level up or to change equipment, Melina appears again. She apologizes to the stained for subjecting them to a test. Melina wanted to know what strength lies dormant in the players and she recognizes that the stained have a lot of potential. For this reason, she offers to take the players to the round table. If the players agree, they will automatically be teleported to the HUB.

Shorter and more hidden: path to the Roundtable Hold

The second, slightly faster path to the Roundtable Hold is also not obvious at first glance. Players must find a broken bridge in the climb to Storm Veil Castle, which is located just north of Storm Mound Hut. Following the collapsed rubble, players will find a path to follow a little further down. They will reach a new area called Liurnia of the Lakes and come to a place of grace on the cliffs overlooking the lake.

When players rest here, Melina will automatically appear, even if they haven’t rested more often in other places of grace. She will have the same dialogue with the players and take them to the Roundtable Hold. This path, however, skips the initial acquaintance with the NPC Roderika, who would actually be found in the Stormhill Hut. After the players have access to the Round Table Stronghold, Roderika will travel there on her own, even if you haven’t met her before.

About the Roundtable Hold (Elden Ring)

The Roundtable Hold is a zone where players cannot fight. Instead, they will find various interaction opportunities. Among other things, the eponymous Round Table is located in the center of the main room, with a large light of mercy shining above it. As usual, players can rest and level at the table or improve their healing bottles. However, in the Roundtable Hold they will also find a blacksmith and later the aforementioned Roderika, who will help them improve the spectral creatures they have collected.

Players can also meet NPCs like Fia, Diallos and Gideon Ofnir right at the beginning. Other NPCs will come to the Roundtable Hold later, after the Tainted have previously met them in the intermediate lands.

Even though players can perform many functions such as upgrading their character or upgrading their weapons outside of the Roundtable Hold, it is worth visiting the place more often. There are various locked doors in the hold, which can be opened either by reaching certain points in the main story of Elden Ring or by interacting with certain NPCs. After defeating Godrick the Transplanted at Storm Veil Castle, players must return to the Roundtable Hold to meet the Two Fingers for the first time to advance the story.

However, there are also some secrets to explore aside from the story, such as the gray mist gate in the basement or the audience room, which can only be reached by jumping from the balcony. That’s why it’s worth returning to the Roundtable Hold from time to time to see if new areas have opened up or new secrets have been revealed.

Elden Ring: How to farm runes quickly? Guide, Tips, Places, Enemies


Rune farming is the quick collection of runes with little or no risk of the player’s character losing health. Runes in the open-world action role-playing game Elden Ring are the experience gained by the player from victorious battles. They are used in the game as a universal currency. In exchange for runes, players can gain strength, level up their played character or purchase better equipment for it.

Farming runes is necessary for success in the open-world action role-playing game Elden Ring, the playthrough. Generally, in the open-world action role-playing game Elden Ring, the player can move freely and complete the quests in the game at any moment. Nevertheless, it is important that the player’s character quickly levels up in order to be victorious in battles against bosses and successfully complete the quests.

The places to farm runes (Elden Ring)

A place to farm runes is always where a role-playing game recreates the enemies killed by players, such as monsters, at regular intervals after saving the game state, and then the player can safely attack these enemies again. When attacking, the player’s character is either sufficiently protected from counterattacks or the enemies do not attack him.

In the open-world action role-playing game Elden Ring, places to farm runes are the so-called Places of Grace. Places of grace are places for saving the game state. In these places the player’s character is protected from attacks. Places of grace are used for resting, leveling and regenerating the character. Very lucrative Places of Grace can be found in Limgrave, Liurnia and Caelid.

Farm runes in Limgrave: Elden Ring, locations, enemies

Limgrave is the starting area of the open-world action role-playing game Elden Ring. This area offers the player four ways to lucratively farm runes.

The first opportunity is offered to the player during the quest “The Cruel Mark” in the tunnel to the castle before the fight against the boss Margit. The place of mercy is located at the top of the tunnel to the castle. After activating the place of mercy, the player can go back to the tunnel exit. There is a ballista there, with which he can attack the defeated enemies again. Almost all the enemies have their backs to the player. A total of 12 enemies can be defeated. The gain per save round is at least 600 runes.

Two opportunities to farm runes arise at the Place of Mercy near the Tower Bridge of Limgrave. The Place of Mercy is located behind the Lion’s Chamber. The Lion’s Chamber can be reached quickly through the main gate. However, this short path has many dangers. After activating the Place of Mercy, the player can farm runes by defeating either the exiles at the Main Gate or the giants on the Giant Bridge. All the banished at the main gate have their backs to the player. Depending on the damage inflicted, up to 1,300 runes can be obtained per save round.

The Giant Bridge is located behind the Limgrave Tower Bridge. Three giants are waiting as enemies on the giant bridge. The rear giant is armed as an archer. As soon as the player attacks this one first, the other two giants follow him. In the fight, the giants hit each other with their weapons and thus also bring each other down. The fight against the giants is thus much easier. The player only has to dodge the blows of the giants. For each defeated giant, the player receives 1,000 runes.

The fourth lucrative option in Limgrave is the Secluded Cell. The place of mercy is located before the battlefield against the boss Godrick. On the stairs in front of the battlefield is a giant with his back to the player. Victory over this giant, by means of a powerful blow or ashes of war, is rewarded with at least 1,200 runes.

Farm runes in Liurnia: Elden Ring, Places, Enemies

There are three places in Liurnia where you can quickly farm runes. These require the player’s character to be leveled up enough to win even moderately difficult fights.

The first place is the gate city of the academy. At the end of the city, there are a lot of soldiers and a fire giant. Most of the soldiers have their backs to the player. Blacksmith stones can also be farmed here. Killed soldiers drop up to three forge stones.

The second location is the Carian Teaching Hall in eastern Liurnia. The place of mercy is just behind the entrance of the library. Waiting in the library as an opponent is the preceptor Miriam. She is armed with a bow. There are also dozens of ghosts buzzing around the library. Defeating the Preceptor Miriam and a few ghosts will allow you to farm up to 5,000 runes per save round.

The third opportunity arises in Nokstella the Eternal City. There are silver tears. Each defeated Silver Tear creates a shockwave that drags more Tears with it to their deaths. With larger groups of Silver Tears, defeating just one Silver Tear can cause a chain reaction. The runes then only need to be collected.

Farm runes in Caelid: Elden Ring, Places, Enemies

In Caelid, runes can be farmed in the Ruins of Caelem, the Lost Ruins, Faroth Fortress, and from a dragon near Faroth Fortress.

The Ruins of Caelem are located in western Caelid. In the ruins, the enemies are three fire giants on wheels. The player can sneak up on each giant from behind. Up to 5,000 runes can be farmed per save round with a victory over the giants.

In the Lost Ruins, three birds perch on the trees. These birds can be quickly defeated with summons. As a reward for victory, up to 5,400 runes can be farmed per save round.

Faroth Fortress is occupied by bats. Female bats sit on the floor. Male bats hang from the ceiling. The females on the ground can be lured out of the fortress one at a time, making them easier to defeat. The reward is 1,100 runes per bat.

Near the fortress of Faroth lies a dragon. This dragon is obviously a bug in the game. The player can strike the tail of the dragon. The dragon does not fight back. It takes a long time to defeat the dragon using conventional methods. However, several tens of thousands of runes await as a reward for victory.

Conclusion: Farming runes in Elden Ring

Farming runes is necessary to level up the player’s character faster and to acquire better equipment. Not farming runes makes the gameplay much more difficult.

Who is Maliketh (Elden Ring)? Boss, History, Fighting style, Strategy, Lore


Malekith, the Black Blade, is an Elden Ring boss. Malekith can be discovered in Crumbling Farum Azula. This is not an optional boss; players must fight him to get to Lyndell, the Cinder Capital.

At this stage, Malekith is even faster and can leap through the arena at lightning speed. Many of his attacks also hurl red-black projectiles or unleash beams of deadly energy that surround him.

Each hit from this fallen magic reduces your maximum health and deals damage for a few seconds. There are different methods to deal with this mechanism, so read on for our best strategies to fight Malekith.

What does Malekith look like?

He appears to be a mangled mass of burnt flesh and molten metal (after all, he went into the flames wearing armor). He has suffered severe burns.

Malekith’s power and strength: Elden Ring Boss

Malekith is stronger, more enduring, faster, more agile and more resistant to injury than a normal human, and has a significantly longer lifespan. Malekith also has several unique powers that set him apart and make life difficult for opponents.

The following are his strengths:

  • Vulnerability to iron
  • Manipulate the forces of magic for a variety of effects
  • Energy projection
  • Physical malleability
  • Flight (by turning into mist)
  • Illusion spell
  • Ability to change shapeSusceptibility to iron

Malekith, like other dark elves, is susceptible to iron, which interrupts or nullifies his magical powers.

Manipulate the forces of magic for a variety of effects

Malekith has the ability or has some powers that can manipulate the forces of magic for a variety of effects

Energy Projection:

Malekith has the ability to create very powerful forms of energy, focus them, and use them for specific functions, usually offensive in nature.

Illusion Spells:

Malekith has the ability to create, shape, and manipulate illusions so that the target sees, hears, touches, smells, and/or tastes things that do not exist in reality, or perceives things differently than they really are.

Tips for the Malekith boss fight in Elden Ring

1. stay behind the beast cleric.
2. watch out for ground effects in the cleric phase.
3. roll through attacks, not away from them.
4. use the Crimson Burst Crystal Tear to counter damage over time.
5. parry Malekith with the Blasphemous Claw.

Stay behind the Beast Cleric

With fast missiles and diving melee attacks, the Beast Cleric fights quickly and aggressively. He attacks you faster than most bosses, making it difficult to clear the ghost ash.

Many of the Beast Cleric’s attacks have long animations that make him swing in a single direction. You can do a lot of damage to him if you can roll past the first swing and get behind him. Any spirits summoned by Ash that can attract his attention will be a great help.

Watch out for ground effects in the Cleric phase

When the beast Cleric rears up into a huge updraft, you’ll have to flee. He will go down shortly after, destroying the ground around him in the manner of Godrick’s “Kneel”. The broken ground will spiral around him, but the attack isn’t over yet.

A split second later, the ground will break and hurl rocks into the air, causing even more damage. These rocks float for a short time before crashing down on him, dealing damage again. You can avoid massive damage by paying attention to where the ground is broken.

Roll through the attacks, not away from them

In both phases of this fight, it’s usually best to roll through the attacks instead of dodging them. We’ve already talked about the advantages of siding with the Beast Cleric, but Maliketh’s attacks make it much more attractive. If you’re not moving through the attack to slip behind him, he has several quick combos that can easily catch you coming out of a roll.

Use the crystal tear “crimson blast” to counter damage over time

Malekith will eventually attack you. If you’re not careful, the damage over time effect of the Black Blade will be your undoing. To mitigate the damage over time, we recommend combining the Crystal Tear of Crimson Burst with your Vial of Wondrous Healing. The healing can’t match the damage over time effect, but can be enough to save your life.

Parry Malekith with the Blasphemous Claw

You will have the Blasphemous Claw in your inventory after completing Knight Bernal’s quest line and fending off his attack in Crumbling Farum Azula. This unique artifact serves only one purpose: to ward off Malekith’s blows with the Black Glade. The Blasphemous Claw can be stored in your consumable bar or in your sack.

Malekith’s most dangerous attacks emit a golden glow around his sword when the claw is equipped. To ward off these attacks, you must use the Blasphemous Claw. Timing is crucial, but if you’ve practiced parrying against other enemies, you’ll soon get the hang of it. If you do, you can effectively trivialize the Malekith part of this fight.

Malekith possesses all the typical traits of a dark elf, even if his skills are more developed than average. He has superhuman intelligence, strength, speed, endurance, agility, and reflexes.

Conclusion: Malekith Elden Ring

Malekith, the black blade, is an Elden Ring boss. At this stage, he is even faster and can leap across the arena at lightning speed. He resembles both cool flesh and molten metal.

He has incredible endurance, strength, agility and resistance to injury. Malekith also has the ability to control magical powers and achieve a variety of results with them. He can also use more powerful forms of energy.

Stay behind the beast Clergyman, watch out for ground effects in the Clergyman phase, roll through the blows instead of dodging them, and use the crystal tear Crimson Strike to counter the damage over time – these are some ideas to defeat Maliketh’s boss fight.

Who is Agheel (Elden Ring)? Dragon, Boss, History, Fighting style, Strategy


Agheel is a flying dragon in the Limgrave region of the open-world action role-playing game Eldenring. He is a free boss. No quest needs to be completed for the fight. The fight takes place in the wild at Lake Agheel.

Shortly after the tutorial, the player can encounter the flying dragon Agheel in the starting area of the Limgrave Eldenring region. The fight against the flying dragon Agheel right after a short playing time is usually hopeless. The player’s equipment available at the beginning is not enough to win. The player must be extensively prepared for the battle. Therefore, other quests should be completed first in the Limgrave region.

Against the flying dragon Agheel, the player can fight at any time and try several times. If the player flees from the fight, then the dragon is reset. The fight against the flying dragon Agheel is the most challenging in the Limgrave region.

The location of the flying dragon Agheel: Elden Ring

The flying dragon Agheel is located in Limgrave, the starting area of the game. At the beginning he camps hidden in the swamp. The location is east next to the Cave of Knowledge. As soon as the player approaches this location, the dragon flies into the air and heads for an island in the center of Lake Agheel, the Dragon-Burnt Ruins. After this tutorial, the flying dragon Agheel can always be found on this island.

The Dragon-Burnt Ruins are a small island in the center of Lake Agheel. This is where the flying dragon Agheel sets up camp as the game progresses and only leaves the island for battle. Lake Agheel is to the east near the Church of Elleh.

The attacks of the flying dragon Agheel

The flying dragon Agheel has a total of six attacks. These attacks are very effective both close and far away. In addition, the dragon moves very quickly on the ground. The player must be constantly on the move to dodge the attacks.
On the ground, the flying dragon attacks Agheel with the Bite, Tail Slash and Breathe Fire attacks, as well as the Stomp attack. The Bite attack is always performed backwards if the dragon’s rear end or ankles are attacked. During the tail slash, the flying dragon Agheel raises its right wing. The lifting is followed by a quickly executed circular strike with the tail. The Breathe Fire attack results in a one-hit kill for the flying dragon Agheel, provided the player is hit directly. The dragon breathes fire in a stream shaped into a cone. In the stomp attack, the flying dragon Agheel stomps any foot and attempts to crush the player.

In the air, the flying dragon Agheel has the attacks slam and spit fire. When slamming, the dragon hovers in the air and then slams its claws towards the player. The fire breathing attack is very effective. The dragon exhales fire towards the player while flying. In doing so, it floods a huge area with fire. When moving backwards on the ground, the attack Fire Spitting is also triggered. Executed on the ground, this attack is not very effective

The fight with the flying dragon Agheel

The flying dragon Agheel fights on the ground and from the air. He flies during the fight and lands at different places on the Agheel lake. The fight with the flying dragon Agheel is, so to speak, in the open-world action role-playing game Eldenring the tutorial for fights against bosses from horseback. During the fight, players have to quickly cover large distances to reach the dragon after it lands, before it flies off again. As a strategy for fighting the flying dragon Agheel, it is recommended that the player constantly circles Lake Agheel with his horse, attacking the dragon depending on its position. Fighting on foot usually results in a kill for the player.

The flying dragon Agheel can only be defeated in ground combat. Once the dragon is in the air, the player can only dodge the dragon’s attacks from the air. The player must escape the attack in question. Effective counterattacks are not available. A protection from the attack Fire Spitting are the rocks lying in the swamp.

As soon as the dragon lands, damage can be dealt to it. The damage is higher the more often the player hits the dragon’s hind legs and wings with his weapons. The better the player’s weapons are, the higher the damage inflicted with each hit.

The reward for the victory over Agheel

The reward for the victory in the battle with the flying dragon Agheel is 5,000 runes and a dragon heart. The 5,000 runes are the accumulated experience in battle. They can be used to purchase new equipment or level up the player’s character. The Dragon Heart is a valuable quest item. It can be used to perform the Dragon Communion ritual. In exchange for the Dragon Heart, the altar can be used to learn powerful spells from the old dead dragon, such as Dragon Fire, Dragon Claw or Dragon Maw.

Conclusion

Agheel is a flying dragon of the open-world action role-playing game Eldenring. The battle with the dragon is very challenging. The dragon has an extensive repertoire of attacks and it can only be defeated on the ground. Defeating the dragon Agheel is rewarded with 5,000 runes and a dragon heart.

Who is Radagon (Elden Ring)? Boss, History, Fighting style, Strategy, Lore


Radagon of the Golden Order is one of the final bosses in Elden Ring, the open world role-playing game from FromSoftware. The boss is not optional and must be defeated to finish the game.

What is the history of Radagon? Elden Ring, Story, Lore

Radagon is the male half of Queen Marika, the Eternal. It is not known exactly how he came to be, but some of the Queen’s offspring believe that the Greater Will split Marika in half after she became a goddess to limit her almost endless power.

Although Radagon is a part of Queen Marika, they both have their own bodies and each has a will of their own. When Marika married the first Elden Lord Godfrey after her ascension to Goddess and Vessel of the Elden Ring, Radagon led a raid against the realm of Liurnia under the Golden Order. During this battle, Radagon met and fell in love with Liurnia’s protector Rennala, Queen of the Full Moon. Shortly thereafter, Radagon and Rennala married and had children together, such as the demigods Radahn and Rykard.

After Godfrey, no longer able to follow the Greater Will due to the loss of his will to fight, was disowned by Queen Marika, Radagon had to leave his wife. He was ordered back to Marika’s side and the two were married. However, Radagon left Rennala a parting gift in the form of a large egg made of amber. Enclosed in the egg is a Great Rune that grants the gift of Eternal Rebirth.

Centuries passed, during which the interlands slowly succumbed to an inexplicable decay. Queen Marika realized that it was the influence of the Greater Will that was corrupting the land, and she began to look for a way to break away from the deity. Radagon, however, was the exact opposite. He was loyal to the Greater Will and placed the Golden Order completely at the service of the gods from outside.

When it came to the destruction of the Elden Ring and the final descent of the interlands into chaos, Radagon tried to reforge the ring. It was impossible for him, however, because the parts of the ring had become the so-called Great Runes, which had spread all over the world and had become the cause of bitter power struggles.

The Greater Will foresaw that only Queen Marika could serve as the vessel of the Elden Ring. That is why she was imprisoned in the Earth Tree. Radagon had to follow her as punishment for his failure, and the two were reunited into a single body, which in time became corrupted and insane.

Where to find Radagon: Elden Ring

Players don’t encounter Radagon until the very end, when they reach the capital city of Leyndell. In a bizarre parallel version of the city, also called the Ashen City, players find the Elden Trohn. Here they meet Queen Marika, who transforms into Radagon and attacks the players.

Radagon’s body is visibly scarred from merging with his other half. His skin is burned to black charcoal and he is missing one arm completely, while the other is badly damaged. Runes glow on his torso and his long, red hair looks tangled and stringy. When the players find Radagon, he is carrying the hammer in his hand that was used to smash the Elden Ring back then. Radagon still hopes to reassemble the Elden Ring. Since tainted players who come to him are likely to be carrying most or all of the Great Runes, Radagon attacks players directly to take the runes he needs to recreate the Elden Ring.

Radagon in battle: strategy, Elden Ring

When players face Radagon, he attacks them with Holy-class attacks. Among other things, he can summon lightning and hurl it at the players. However, he is also able to briefly reshape his lost arm from pure energy to grab players with it and hurl them to the ground. His preferred weapon, however, is the hammer, which Radagon can swing so violently that the earth shakes on impact.

As a god, Radagon has significantly higher resistances to poison, freezer burn, and Scarlet Decay. While it is possible to inflict these status effects on him, it takes significantly longer than other bosses. Also, Radagon is completely immune to bleeds. In exchange, he has some weakness to burns and his attacks can be parried.

If players manage to defeat Radagon in battle, he unleashes the true power of the Elden Ring. He transforms into the Elden Beast, a monstrous vessel that carries out the orders of the Greater Will. In this form, Radagon is much slower, but his attacks are all the more dangerous. It is a god’s last stand to stop the influence of the Tainted before someone can become the new Elden Lord.

Who is Miquella (Elden Ring)? NPC, Quest, Story, History, Lore


Miquella, the Unsullied, is a minor character from Elden Ring, the open world role-playing game from FromSoftware. The character is neither a boss nor an NPC, but she is mentioned in several dialogs as a supporting character.

Who is Miquella? Elden Ring, History, Story, Lore

Miquella is the son of Queen Marika and Radagon of the Golden Order. He is the twin brother of Malenia and like his sister, Miquella is also cursed from birth. While Malenia carries the Scarlet Decay in her body, Miquella is cursed to never age. For this reason, he has the body of a child, even as his mind continues to grow.

Because Miquella wanted to find a way to lift the curses for both himself and his twin sister, he turned his back on his parents and the other Empiricans and created the Halig Tree. However, because the Empiricans feared that Miquella would destroy the power of the demigods in his quest for redemption, they imprisoned Miquella in his own Haligree. He fell into an eternal sleep and his body degenerated over time into the body of an infant.

Miquella’s Heist: Elden Ring

After the Elden Ring was shattered, the interlands fell into chaos. The demigods fought over the fragments of the ring in order to increase their power. Malenia also sought power, thinking she could use the Elden Ring to remove the curse from herself and Miquella. She decided to fight her half-brother, General Radahn, and take his rune fragment from him.

The fight against Radahn lasted forever, but Malenia could not achieve victory. She only managed to infect her half-brother with the Scarlet Decay that her body exudes. After being severely wounded in the battle, a knight brought Malenia back to the Halig Tree, where she fell into a deep sleep. Her rest was so deep that she did not wake up when Mogh, the Lord of Blood, came to the Halig Tree. Mogh cut Miquella directly from the center of the tree and carried him off to his underground vault in the Mohgwyn Palace.

Miquella and Mogh (Elden Ring)

Mogh, the Lord of Blood, is a demigod himself, disowned by his siblings for being born with horns and wings, which is considered an evil omen in the interlands. He became obsessed with blood magic and wanted to create a new era of domination. To do this, Mogh stole his half-brother Miquella and imprisoned him in a cocoon where Miquella’s body would mature.

Mogh’s plan was to make Miquella ascend to a god through dark blood magic. To do this, he repeatedly fed the cocoon his own blood. However, his attempts have always failed so far. Nevertheless, Mogh continues to pursue his plan. He hopes to rule over the interlands at Miquella’s side, and thus finally raise his own Moghwyn dynasty to full strength.

Miquella’s Needle: Quest Elden Ring

Players can go through a quest line with Millicent during the course of the game. During the quest line, players can obtain a needle that Miquella is said to have created. Miquella’s needle is said to be able to stop the interference of outside gods.

When players arrive in the Decaying Farum Azula, they can use the needle in the Dragonlord Placidusax’s boss area. In this way, players can prevent the Frenzied Flame of the Three Fingers from spreading. This will prevent players from activating the evil end of Dragonlord Placidusax.

Who is Mohg, Lord of Blood (Elden Ring)? Boss, History, Fighting Style, Strategy, Lore


Mogh, the Lord of Blood, is an optional boss that players can find in FromSoftware’s open world role-playing game Elden Ring. Mogh is one of the hardest bosses and has quite an interesting background story.

Who is Mogh, the Lord of Blood? Elden Ring, History, Story, Lore

Mogh is a demigod and a child of the missing Queen Marika and the first Elden Lord Godfrey. Moreover, Mogh is the twin brother of Morgott, the king of the Mal. Therefore, Mogh also shares the same fate as Morgott. Like his twin brother, he was born with horns and body deformities. In the interlands, such birth characteristics are considered an evil omen, foretelling an approaching catastrophe. When ordinary citizens give birth to a child bearing such a mark, the horns are usually cut off, even if the children die in the process.

Children of royal blood, on the other hand, are allowed to keep their horns. Instead, they are burned and locked away. Mogh was locked away in the sewers under the capital city of Lyndell during his childhood, along with other Mal-bearers. However, when the Elden Ring was broken, throwing the interlands into chaos, Mogh was able to break free of his chains and escape Lyndell. He wandered aimlessly through the interlands until he had a divine inspiration.

It is said that a being called the Shapeless Mother came to Mogh. The being showed Mogh his future and so he descended to the river Siofra to establish his own dynasty in the Moghwyn Palace. Mogh learned to control the curse of his maw and he became obsessed with blood magic. Like his brother Morgott, Mogh also wears a fragment of the Elden Ring. However, he has imbued his fragment with his cursed blood, which means it can no longer be used to forge the ring.

How does Mogh fight? Elden Ring, Strategy, Fight

Mogh relies on blood abilities in a fight. He can put a blood curse on the players, which allows him to drain the players’ life energy. By doing so, he heals himself and also deals immense bleeding damage to the players. In addition, he can set his blood on fire and use it to form various weapons such as a sword or even a trident. Mogh can hurl the burning blood at players to inflict additional bleeding damage. It becomes problematic when Mogh enters his second attack phase. He then spreads several patches of his blood on the ground, making it nearly impossible to stay out of the areas of cursed blood.

But like his brother Morgott, Mogh can also use his disfigured body to inflict significant damage on players. Mogh possesses a pair of formidable wings, with which he lashes out in between to knock careless tainters out of existence hard and fast. However, the wings don’t seem to be strong enough to carry the demigod into the air, so he’s constantly grounded.

If players want to secure a small advantage, they should explore the capital Lyndell before the fight against Mogh, the Lord of Blood. There is an item hidden in the underground passages of the sewers, guarded by two giant lobsters. This is Mogh’s shackle. This item can be used in the first phase of the battle to stun Mogh once for a short period of time. However, the shackle loses its effect as soon as Mogh loses half of his life energy for the first time. Therefore, it is advisable to use the shackle early to have an advantage against Mogh.

What’s in store after the battle against Mogh?

Players who survive the difficult battle against Mogh, the Lord of Blood, will be rewarded with 420,000 runes. They will also receive the Echo of the Lord of Blood, which they can exchange for a spell that will allow them to spread blood flames themselves. Players can also obtain the sacred spear of Mogwyhn. The trident is suitable for both strength and stamina characters, and as a special attack, it can create three blood explosions that injure enemies in the area.

Additionally, players will receive Mogh’s Great Rune. The cursed rune guarantees any summoned phantom – including ghost creatures – the blessing of blood. When a phantom with this blessing kills someone, the phantom receives 10% of its life energy. In addition, the Phantoms receive a damage bonus when bleeding is inflicted upon them, so they can be very valuable supports when fighting enemies with bleeding attacks.

Who is Sorcerer Rogier (Elden Ring)? NPC, Quest, Story, History, Lore


The Sorcerer Rogier is an NPC from the open-world role-playing game Elden Ring, who can be quite useful to players in the course of their game. Among other things, Rogier offers himself as a merchant, but he can also be useful as a fighter.

Where to find Sorcerer Rogier? Elden Ring

To meet Sorcerer Rogier, players must fight their way down from the Wall Tower in Storm Veil Castle. The circuitous route leads past some hawks with explosive barrels, over the castle wall, and then into a courtyard with a few enemies that should not be underestimated. However, there is an easier way. If the players step out of the entrance right in front of the place of mercy and immediately jump onto the wall to the right, they can jump to a small ledge from one of the outbuildings and make their way from there, over the rooftops. When they get to the bell tower, they can simply drop. They will then find themselves in a small chapel where Rogier is standing. The Sorcerer is himself looking for something in the castle, although he won’t reveal what exactly he’s looking for. Nevertheless, he offers to sell the players ashes of war.

The next, optional interaction with Sorcerer Rogier takes place before the battle with Margit, the Cruel Mark. Here, players can summon Rogier as a golden phantom to create confusion and distraction with spells in the fight against the boss.

How does Rogier’s quest line work?

After players defeat Godrick the Transplanted, they can travel to the Round Table Fortress. Sorcerer Rogier then sits on a ballustrade in a side corridor. He congratulates the players on their victory and says that his battle itself would be over. Therefore, he also gives the players Rogier’s Rapier +8, a very good stamina weapon in the early stages of Elden Ring.

Next, the players must return to Storm Veil Castle and step out into the open from the chamber to the elevator side. They will then see a chasm to their right. Here, players can carefully drop until they reach the bottom. After killing a few rats, they will encounter a boss in a larger area. The tree spirit with boils is large and fast, but can be defeated with some practice. Behind him, the players see a large structure that looks like a skull. Directly in front of it is a pool of blood. When players interact with the pool of blood, they will see Rogier, who has been badly beaten up in a fight.

If the players then return to the Sorcerer, he explains to them that the skull was Godwyn, the first demigod, and that he was brutally murdered on the Night of the Black Knives. Afterwards, when the players talk to Fia and let her hug them, the woman tells them in confidence that there are clues to the assassins in the interlands. Fia reveals to the players where they can find the Black Knives Catacombs.

Next, the players have to go to the mentioned place and look for a print of the Black Knife in it. This will allow them to return to Rogier. The Sorcerer wants to analyze the imprint and needs some time. If the players talk to Rogier again later, he tells them that he suspects Princess Ranni of the Caria family might be behind the murder plot.

The players find Ranni north of the Caria estate at a place called The Three Sisters. In Ranni’s Ascension, players can talk to the Witch and bring up Rogier’s hunch. Ranni will say that she no longer has the Rune of Death and send the players away. The players must travel back to Rogier and report back to him. He will then ask the players to join Ranni as a henchman in order to elicit information from her after all.

When the players then return to Rogier, he will say that he fears he will soon fall into a deep sleep. After that, the Sorcerer falls asleep and does not wake up again.

If the players return at a later time, Rogier has disappeared. In his place, they find only a letter containing information about the little brother of the NPC D. and a sound pearl, with which the players can continue to buy the ashes that Rogier had offered at the twin shells.

Also, players can get Rogier’s armor, which is suitable for magic classes.

Trivia about Sorcerer Rogier (Elden Ring)

Players can approach Rogier about the mysterious D. after meeting the NPC. Rogier will tell that he and D. have known each other for a long time. They once shared a common goal and dealt with death. However, after their paths went in different directions, the former friends stopped talking to each other as well.

Also interesting is Rogier’s figure when he is found in the round table fortress. While he was still standing upright in Storm Veil Castle, later he can only sit. His legs are hidden with a blanket that looks dirty or bloody at the bottom. When the Sorcerer falls into his eternal sleep, it can also be seen that small tendrils have pierced through the blanket. From this it can be concluded that while fighting the tree spirit with boils, the Sorcerer was not only severely wounded, but also infected with a mysterious disease that turns his body into a variety of a tree itself.

Who is Ranni the Witch (Elden Ring)? NPC, Quest, Story, History, Lore


Ranni the Witch is an NPC from Elden Ring and serves as a quest giver in FromSoftware’s open world role-playing game. However, she also gives players an important item relatively early on, if you find her at the right time.

Who is Ranni the Witch (Elden Ring)? NPC, Quest, Story, History, Lore

Ranni is a young woman who is a member of the royal Caria family. As Princess Ranni of Lucaria, she was chosen by the Greater Will to succeed Queen Marika and rule over the interlands. Ranni, however, did not want to have her destiny dictated to her, so she sought a way to free herself from the influence of the Greater Will. She stole the rune of death and killed her own body with it. In return, she transferred her soul into a doll. In this way, she could still exist in the interlands, but her magical abilities were significantly limited.

The Greater Will, through its deputies, the Two Fingers, placed a curse on Ranni. She became the target of assassins seeking to end her life. Ranni can only free herself from the constant attacks if she finds a way to kill the Greater Will or the Two Fingers.

A first, important contact

When players set out to begin their adventure in the Elden Ring interlands, they may encounter Ranni fairly early on. But it’s equally possible for players to overlook the NPC and come across him later.

Ranni first appears after players find and rest at three different Places of Grace. First, another NPC named Melina shows up. The young woman offers herself as a maiden substitute and allows players to pay character levels for her runes. Melina also gives players a spectral steed whistle, which they can use to summon a horse named Stormwind as a mount. Only after they have the whistle can players find Ranni.

If you enter the Church of Elleh in Limgrave at night, a bluish figure sits on a wall directly behind the entrance. It has a bluish glow and can be easily overlooked. If the players approach the figure, she introduces herself as Renna. She recognizes that the players are taints capable of summoning Stormwind. Therefore, Renna gives the players a bell that they can use to summon different ashes of spectral creatures in certain areas in the future. Players will also receive Renna’s Spectral Wolves, which can be a great help as a summon, especially in the early stages of the game, against some tricky enemies and bosses.

If players fail to find Renna and progress the game without the help of spectral creatures, the NPC will no longer be found in the Church of Elleh after the boss fight against Rennala. Players will then only have the option to buy the Summoning Bell from the Twin Shells in the Round Table Fortress.

How does Ranni’s quest line work?

After fighting their way through Raya Lucaria, players can follow the main path north. They will arrive at the Caria family estate, which is in ruins and populated by a bevy of monstrous hands. If the players can fight their way through the area, they will then arrive at an area called The Three Sisters. This is a level that is littered with giant crystals. More importantly, however, are three towers that players can climb. One of the towers is called Ranni’s Ascent.

When players arrive at the top floor of the tower, a small, bluish female figure with a large magic hat sits across from them. Those who have met Renna before will recognize her directly because Renna and Ranni are the same person.

If you talk to the Witch, you can put yourself in her service and will be tasked by her to find the eternal city of Nokron. To do this, players should first talk to Ranni’s henchmen Blaidd, Iji and Seluvis. All three characters can be found as spectral forms on the lower floor of the tower and must be talked to before the players can leave the tower again.

Afterwards, the players can find Blaidd in the underground area of the Siofra River. He tells them that he has found Nokron, but is still looking for the way there. Then, when the players travel to Seluvis, who has a tower in The Three Sisters, he tells them about a sorceress named Sellen who might know how to get to Nokron. The players are also given a letter to give to Sellen.

Sellen is found by the players in Limgrave in the Waypoints Ruin. The sorceress explains that the way to Nokron was lost when General Radahn challenged the stars to battle and froze them in their movements. Returning to Blaidd with this information, he tells the players that Radahn is currently at a festival at Castle Redmane.

Only after players have explored Castle Redmane and defeated Radahn does a meteor crash south of the Misty Woods open the way to Nokron. If the players investigate the Eternal City, they will find the Fingerslayer Blade. Players can bring this weapon back to Ranni to complete their quest line. Players will receive an upside-down Caria statue as a reward.

Elden Ring: Ranni’s Secret Ending

Even after her quest series, Ranni can still become important. Namely, there is a hidden ending with the Witch. If the players use obtained statue to find Ranni’s body in a hidden area of Caria’s study, the stained can talk to the Witch once again. A path will then open up in the Renna’s Ascent tower near Ranni’s tower. The players will find a teleporter on the upper floor that will teleport them to the River Ainsel, where the players will find a small doll. The players are then attacked by a red phantom. When the players return to Ranni afterwards, she gives them a key that can be used to open a crate near Rennala in Raya Lucaria. The players will find a dark moon ring. When the players travel back to the Ansil River and visit the Great Monastery, they find a coffin. The coffin opens the way to the Cathedral of Manus Celes. In a small cave of the cathedral, players will find Ranni, to whom they can give the Dark Moon Ring to unlock her secret ending.

Who is Morgott the Omen King (from Elden Ring)? Boss, History, Fighting style, Strategy, Lore


Morgott the Omen King is a boss that players will have to face in the open world role-playing game Elden Ring by FromSoftware. He belongs to the demigods and is the bearer of a fragment of the Elden Ring.

Morgott the Omen King: Elden Ring, History, Story, Lore

Morgott is a child of Queen Marika and the Elden Lord Godfrey. His twin brother is Mohg, the Prince of Blood. The two siblings were disowned by their parents and their siblings because they were born with horns and tails. In the interlands, the world of Elden Ring, such birth characteristics are considered evil omens, heralding impending disaster.

Because the bearers of omens were feared, an organization of so-called omen killers was formed to hunt down those cursed by fate. Mogh therefore disappeared underground and gathered loyal followers around him. Morgott first faced his pursuers and was able to cut down his enemies with brutal power. He ascended the throne of the capital, Leyndell, and ruled over the interlands.

As the years passed, however, Morgott grew tired of fighting. He felt that without using his cursed powers, he would not be able to fight off his enemies for too long. However, because Morgott wanted to continue defending the Great Earth Tree, the Omen King devised a plan to eliminate potential threats early on.

First Meeting with Morgott the Omen King (Elden Ring)

Players encounter Morgott very early in the game – without really knowing it. The demigod already confronts the Stained Ones on the bridge to Storm Veil Castle. However, there he calls himself Margit, the Cruel Mark. He attacks the players with a big stick, but he can also strike with his tail or summon spectral weapons like a sword, daggers or a massive hammer. Margit is large, but strikes mercilessly and has a number of fast combo attacks, making him the first serious boss in Elden Ring.

The background for Morgott’s stealth is that he wants to protect his half-brother Godrick, the Transplanted. Godrick rules Storm Veil Castle and is the first bearer of a ring fragment that players must seek out. Morgott wants to eliminate the defilers as early as possible, before they can usurp the power of a ring fragment. He fears that otherwise the stained ones will become too powerful over time and might also hunt for his own ring fragment.

If the players defeat Morgott, he threatens them that he will remember and eventually destroy the stained ones.

The battle against Morgott the Omen King

Once the players reach the capital city of Leyndell, they must face Morgott, who resides just south of the Queen’s bedchamber. The Omen King has traded in his big stick for an oversized scimitar, but again attacks with his spectral weapons, which were also used in the Margit boss fight.

When the players fight Morgott down to half his health, he declares that he regrets having to use his curse. He charges his blade with the energy of his ring fragment and now attacks with a large, flaming sword. Most of Morgott’s attacks are of the elemental type holy. However, he can also attack with attacks that use his blood. Accordingly, Morgott the Omen King, is immune to holy attacks. He has high resistances to bleeding, poison, freezing burn, and the scarlet curse.

However, players can get a little help for combat relatively early in the game. When they find Patches in Limgrave in the Shoot River Cave and defeat them in battle, the NPC opens a small store. Players can buy an item from Patches called Margit’s Shackles. The item can be used in battle against Margit, the Cruel Mark to stun the opponent for a short time.

Because Margit is an alter ego of Morgott the Omen King, Margit’s Shackles also affect Morgott. This gives players a small window of opportunity to significantly injure Morgott before he can break free of the shackle’s spell.

What is the reward for a victory against Morgott the Omen King?

If the players are victorious against Morgott the Omen KIng they will receive 120,000 runes in one fell swoop. They will also be rewarded with the memory of the Omen King and Morgott’s Great Rune. Morgott’s great rune continuously increases life energy when activated with a rune bow. For the Memory of the Omen King, players can obtain either Morgott’s Cursed Sword or the Royal Omen Balm from the Finger Reader in the Tablet Round Fortress.

Who is Patches (Elden Ring)? NPC, Quest, Story, Lore


Patches is an NPC that players can encounter in Elden Ring, the open world role-playing game from FromSoftware. The character pretends to be friendly, but will betray the players in the course of the game.

The first contact with Patches

When players walk along Lake Agheel in Limgrave, they will find a small fork in the southwestern direction that leads under a natural bridge. If they follow the path, they will find a cave entrance to their left.

However, before the stained ones can enter the cave, a fog gate appears and the players are attacked by a red phantom. If they can defeat the phantom, the gate disappears and the players can descend into the turbid river cave.

The cave is quite small and has tall bushes. The bushes camouflage a series of bell traps that, when activated, attract a horde of bandits. If the players manage to defeat the bandits, they will find a treasure chest in a side cave. However, before they have a chance to take a closer look, they are attacked by Patches.

The boss fight is not particularly difficult. It’s enough for the players to drain Patches of half of his life energy to make him beg for mercy. If the players agree, the fight ends and Patches is available to the players as a merchant.

Patches (Elden Ring): Wrong Game

Patches sets traps for the players. The first trap is the aforementioned bandit attack in the murky water caves. The second trap is hiding in the crate he is sitting next to. If the players open the crate, they will be enveloped in a thick mist and teleported to the Misty Forest Ruins right next to a large rune bear.

When players return to Patches after the ambush, he snarkily replies that the trap might be a lesson for those who wander the world too curious or greedy.

Later on, players will find Patches in the area of Gelmir Mountain. He is hiding in some bushes, looking at a trail of glowing crystals. If the players approach him, he claims that he is not doing anything noticeable. When the players follow the trail and step up to the cliff, Patches sneaks up behind them and kicks them off the cliff. In doing so, he means that the stained ones will never make it to House Vulcan.

Elden Ring: Patches Quest Series

Once the players have recovered from the new ambush and made their way to House Vulcan, they encounter Patches again. He offers them to perform a task for him. The players are to assassinate another player. If the players successfully return to Patches, he promises to talk to the leader of House Vulcan, Thanil. If the players return to him afterwards, Patches gives them a magma whip candlestick and Patches’ quest line ends.

What’s the deal with Patches?

Patches is a recurring character in FromSoftware’s games. Already in the mech suit game Armored Core: For Answer there is an opponent named “Patches, the good luck”. This fight is also comparatively simple and a few hits are enough before Patches gives up.

In Demon Souls, Patches then appears as an NPC for the first time. When players meet Patches the Hyena in the tunnel city, he tells them that he has seen a legendary treasure under a large firefly. If the players want to take a closer look, Patches kicks the players off the hill. Only when the players survive the trap and return to the NPC, he gives the supposed treasure – a simple stick – and disappears again.

Both in the “Dark Souls” series and in “Bloodborne” there have been repeated appearances of patches. The character always wears a squire’s uniform in the Souls games and is depicted as a bald character with a long, broad nose. In Bloodborne, on the other hand, players can find a spider creature wearing Patches’ head.

In all parts, Patches is dubbed by the same voice actor, William Vanderpuye.

Is it possible to kill patches in Elden Ring?

It is possible to kill patches at any time. Players will receive two simple gold runes and a gesture as a reward, and his full leather armor set, which is rather poor in terms of stats, though. In addition, players get a spear level +7 and a bell pendant, which they can turn in at the twin shells in the tablet round fortress.

However, it may be better to kill Patches only after buying an item from him. This is because Patches is in possession of Margit’s shackles. This item, which costs 5000 runes, can be used in the fight against Margit, the Cruel Mark. By using the shackles, Margit will be paralyzed for a short time and will not be able to attack the players, so they can cause significant damage in that time. You can also use the shackle to temporarily stun Morgott, the Omen King in battle.

Because most players are likely to encounter patches before they get to Margit and before they can even travel to the Round Table Stronghold, it is recommended that you don’t kill the NPC right at the beginning, but buy the shackles first.

Who is Moon Knight? (Marvel) history, story, forces, lore


Influenced by the fictional Egyptian deity Khonshu, Moon Knight turns against injustice of all kinds as a modern Marvel hero. Thanks to his past in the military and as a boxer, Moon Knight is trained in various martial arts. In his missions he is helped by high technology and his loyal sidekicks. Moon Knight has powerful psychic abilities, but they are closely linked to his mental problems. Also known by the nickname “Fist of Khonshu”, Moon Knight belongs to the complex and multidimensional Marvel heroes, as which he can show more than just a superpower.

Who is Moon Knight? History, Story, Lore

To understand Moon Knight’s powers, it helps to look into his past. Born under the name Marc Spector, the future Moon Knight grew up in a prestigious family. His early career was marked by struggles as a professional boxer and American Marine. In government service Spector lost the foundations of his morals, which drove him arms of a dubious organization around the criminal Bushman.

But even with Bushman and his organization, the future Moon Knight does not come to rest. Betrayed by Bushman, Spector faces death in the Egyptian desert. But he can save himself with his last strength into an ancient Egyptian tomb, where he dies on the spot. However, this is only for a short time, because the Egyptian god Khonshu, the god of revenge, brings Spector back to the world of the living.

In debt to the Egyptian god, Marc Spector takes on, among other things, the identity of Moon Knight. Henceforth dedicated to the fight against injustice and in the service of revenge, Moon Knight rises in the ranks of the recognized Marvel heroes. But the revival by Khonshu also has a lasting impact on Moon Knight’s psyche: in addition to a new resistance to telepathic and psychic attacks, Moon Knight, on the other hand, must reckon with a new mental instability.

Characteristics and abilities – Moon Knight’s powers

The life of a commoner is left behind by Marc Spector after his revival by Khonshu. As long as Khonshu is on Moon Knight’s side, the Marvel hero is virtually immortal. Already several times in the course of the series, the supernatural ally has revived him. However, what the limits of this arrangement are, and whether Moon Knight is really completely immortal, remains unclear for long stretches.

Moon Knight is not only quasi-immortal, but mentally exceptional on several levels after his death and resurrection. Prone to supernatural visions and resistant to psychic powers, Moon Knight is armed against a wide variety of psychic challenges. But Moon Knight is not unbeatable; his weaknesses are also in the realm of the mental. Moon Knight privately suffers from Dissociative Identity Disorder and has been overwhelmed by depressive tendencies since his revival. These deep mental ailments make Moon Knight one of Marvel’s most complex and extremely human heroes.

However, some of Moon Knight’s mundane abilities stem from his earlier life as a boxer and Marine. He came into contact with different variants of martial arts at an early age, which is why he is one of the masters of the subject. Whether in boxing or Asian martial arts such as Judo, Karate, Kung Fu and Muay Thai – in this category, no one can beat Moon Knight. It is not for nothing that the talented athlete and fighter is also known by the nickname “Fist of Khonshu”.

Much like Batman and Iron Man, Moon Knight has cutting-edge technology and experimental equipment. This starts with his agile yet sturdy armor, which is tailored to his dynamic martial arts. His flashier weapons include a fighting staff, silver darts and a grappling arm. At the same time, many of his fighting utensils have ancient Egyptian roots, recalling his close connection to the deity Khonshu. In some comics, Moon Knight also makes use of high-tech missiles – among the most famous is the Mooncopter.

Friends and Personas – Other Facets of Moon Knight

The super-powered abilities of well-known Marvel heroes are limited in Moon Knight, despite his psychic strength and indirect immortality. He belongs to the more human superheroes – and has to struggle with multifaceted moon-like challenges. From his complicated love affair with Marlene Mandrake to his mental instability to his obscure dependence on the ancient Egyptian god Khonshu.

Moon Knight is a versatile character. Over the course of the comics, he takes on a wide variety of personas that cloak his real identity. Marc Spector, who is familiar with espionage, thus disappears behind other characters, which plays into his Dissociative Identity Disorder. His best-known alter egos include Hollywood-savvy Wall Street financier Stephen Grant, consultant Mr. Knight, and cab driver Jake Lockley. In the process, he also assumed the identity of well-known Marvel characters in some volumes – from Wolverine to Spider-Man to Captain America.

Moon Knight’s other indirect strengths include his loyal allies. At the top of the list appears his lover Marlene Mandrake, an archaeologist with whom he has maintained a close bond since his fate in the Egyptian desert and the death of Marlene’s father. Moon Knight is also supported by loyal helicopter pilot Jean Paul DuChamp, also known by the nickname Frenchie. Both share a past in the Marines, yet DuCamp is robustly behind Moon Knight’s mission to protect the weak and avenge injustice.

Overview – Who is Moon Night?

Once a Marine gifted in martial arts, Marc Spector transforms into Moon Knight after his death and resurrection in the desert. With the ancient Egyptian god Khonshu at his side, Moon Knight is virtually immortal. Technical gadgets are at his side, as are loyal allies like his lover Marlene and his best friend Jean Paul. But his real strength – and his greatest weakness – is on a psychological level: prone to visions, protected from mental superpowers and adept at various personas, Moon Knight’s human side suffers from depressive tendencies and a personality disorder. This visibly sets Moon Knight apart from other heroes with whom he is often compared – whether Batman or Daredevil.

What does Bayram mean in English? Meaning, translation


“Bayram” is a Turkish word meaning “festival” or “holiday” in English. Bayram is the name given to religious and national holidays.

Bayram: Religious holidays in Turkey

  • Ramazan Bayramı (festival of breaking the fast as the end of Ramadan; also called “Şeker Bayramı” and in German “Zuckerfest”; (meaning “Sweet Festival”); see also: Eid Mubarak)
  • Kurban Bayramı (Feast of Sacrifice)
  • Hamursuz bayramı (Passover; Jewish holiday)
  • Paskalya Bayramı (Easter; usually Easter is called “paskalya yortusu” in Turkey. However, some Turks also refer to the festival as “Paskalya Bayramı.”)

The most important festivals in Islam are “Ramazan Bayram” and “Kurban Bayram”. The Arabic name for “Kurban Bayram” is “Eid ul Adha”. In German it is called “Opferfest”. The Arabic name for “Ramazan Bayram” is “Eid al-Fitr”. In English, it refers to the “Eid al-Fitr” and “Festival of Breaking the Fast”.

Ramazan Bayram begins on the 1st of Şevval (Schauwāl, Shawwal) following the fasting month of Ramadan. Kurban Bayram, the Feast of Sacrifice, takes place from the 8th to the 13th day in the twelfth month of the Islamic calendar. This month is called “Dhū l-Hijjah.” The Feast of Sacrifice is celebrated on four days.

By the way, the word “Kurban” means “sacrifice” in English.

Congratulations: Congratulate on the Bayram

Those who want to congratulate on “Ramazan Bayram” and “Kurban Bayram” can say the following words:

  • Bayramınız mübarek olsun (English: May your Bayram be blessed).
  • İyi bayramlar (English: Happy celebration / happy holidays).
  • Eid Mubarak (English: Happy celebration / happy holidays)

“Hepinizin bayramı mubarek olsun” is said to a group and means in English”I wish you all a happy holiday”.

Mixed forms such as “Happy Bayram” or “All the best for Bayram” are also said.

On national Turkish holidays, the following may be wished:

Bayramınız kutlu olsun (English: Happy holiday).

See also:

Bayram: Public holidays in Turkey

  • Yılbaşı Bayramı (New Year’s Day; shortened to “Yılbaşı”).
  • Ulusal Egemenlik ve Çocuk Bayramı (National Sovereignty and Children’s Day holiday on April 23)
  • İşçi Bayramı (Labor Day on May 1).
  • Atatürk’ü Anma, Gençlik ve Spor Bayramı (Holiday of Youth, Sports and the Memory of Atatürk on May 19)
  • Denizcilik ve Kabotaj Bayramı (Coastal Navigation Day holiday on July 1)
  • Zafer Bayramı (Victory Day on Aug. 30)
  • Cumhuriyet Bayramı (Republic Day on October 29).

State holidays have a fixed date in Turkey. Religious holidays are calculated according to the Islamic calendar and therefore shift every year.

What is special about Republic Day (“Cumhuriyet Bayramı”) is that it begins at 1 p.m. on October 28 and lasts 35 hours. The “Republic Day” commemorates Atatürk, who proclaimed the Turkish Republic in 1923.

Other Bayram

These Bayram are not official holidays in Turkey.

The day of the Turkish language takes place on September 26. This day is called “Dil Bayrami.”

  • “Christmas” in Turkish is called “Noel Bayramı”.
  • “Halloween” is called in Turkish: “Cadılar Bayramı” (Literally it means “Witch Bayram”).

The Albanian and Bosnian spelling of “Bayram” is “Bajram”. In Albania and “Bosnia and Herzegovina” the Muslim Eid and Feast of Sacrifice is celebrated. Eid is called “Ramazanski bajram”. The Feast of Sacrifice is called “Kurban-bajram”.

Other meaning of Bayram

“Bayram” is also a Turkish given name and surname. Canan Bayram is a German politician of the party Bündnis 90 / Die Grünen. Bayram Türkmen is a German SPD politician.

“Bayram” is a song by Summer Cem feat. Elias. It was released on July 26, 2019.

“Bu Gün Bayram” is a song by Barış Manço.

“Bugün Bayram” is a song by Mesut Kurtis feat. Maher Zain.

What does “Eid Mubarak” mean in English? Meaning, translation, answer


“Eid Mubarak” is Arabic and means in English “Merry Holidays”, “Happy Celebration” and “Blessed Holidays”. “Eid Mubarak” is used and said by Arab Christians and all Muslims worldwide.

“Eid Mubarak” is said as a greeting to important Islamic holidays such as the “Islamic Festival of Sacrifice” Eid ul-Adha and the “Festival of Breaking the Fast” / “Eid al-Fitr”. Both feast are very important in Islamic culture.

“Eid Mubarak” is a festive greeting and wish congratulating the successful fasting.

Ramadan 2022: Ramadan 2022 starts on the evening of April 2 and ends on the evening of May 2.

What does “Eid Mubarak” mean in English? Translation

The Arabic word “Eid” means “celebration” or “festival” in English. “Mubarak” in English means “blessing.” It is derived from the Arabic word “Bārak,” which means “blessed one.” In the Arab world, “Mubarak” is also a well-known family surname.

Thus, “Eid Mubarak” means blessed festival or holiday.

What is the reply to “Eid Mubarak”?

If “Eid Mubarak” is said, it can be answered with “Khair Mubarak”, “Bayram Mubaraek” (Turkish), “Eid Mubarek” or “Eid Kareem“. “Khair Mubarak” is also used to wish a blessed and happy holiday. You can read more about Khair here. “Eid Mubarak” as a repetition also serves as an answer. “Eid Kareem” and “Bayram Mubarek” (Turkish) also mean “Have a Merry Christmas”.

See also:

Eid Mubarak: Eid ul-Adha and Eid al-Fitr (Festival of Breaking the Fast)

The dates for the festivals Eid al-Fitr and Eid ul-Adha are based on the (Islamic) lunar calendar and therefore shift annually. Ramadan always takes place in the ninth month of the Islamic calendar. Eid al-Fitr is celebrated for three days after the end of the 30-day Ramadan. It is one of the most important festivals in Islam. On these days, Muslims eat together, pray in the mosque, remember deceased relatives and meet relatives. The “Feast of Breaking the Fast” is also called Eid.

The month after Ramadan is the “Shavwal”. It begins with the festival of breaking the fast. On the 1st Shavwal, the visit to the mosque is scheduled. After that, family members visit each other. Here, it is customary for younger family members to visit elders. So children go to visit parents, grandparents and relatives. A meal is eaten together. Children even receive gifts. Some Muslims donate to charity on this day.

During the Feast of Sacrifice, it is traditional for Muslims to eat a ritually slaughtered animal. The animal is slaughtered according to Islamic custom.

In Muslim countries, children are off school on Eid and employees are usually off as well. In Germany, some states allow Muslim students to get time off from school on the first day of Eid al-Fitr.

The term “Eid al-Fitr” is a translation of the Turkish expression “Şeker Bayramı”. This is also called “Ramazan Bayramı,” in English: Ramadan-Fest.

During Ramadan, Muslims are not allowed to eat anything between sunrise and sunset and are only allowed to drink water. Alcohol, smoking and sexual intercourse are also prohibited.

Ramadan dictionary – meaning of the fasting month


Ramadan is the month of fasting for Muslims. It is the ninth month in the Islamic calendar. In this month the Koran was sent down to the Muslims.

Between sunrise and sunset, Muslims abstain from eating and drinking (water). They also abstain from other activities: Alcohol, smoking, sweets and sexual intercourse. According to the Koran, every Muslim who is in full possession of his mental faculties, of full age and physically able to do so, is obliged to observe Ramadan. Those who cannot fast due to illness or old age are supposed to bring a fasting substitute – called Fidya(h).

Was does the word “Ramadan” mean in english? explanation

Ramadan means in English: “hot month”. (Arabic: رمضان) The word Ramadan derives from the verb “ramida” (Arabic: رَمِضَ ). Ramida means “to be very hot.” Ramadan can thus mean “fasting” or “burning.” This alludes to the fact that fasting burns sins.

Ramadan ends with the “Feast of Breaking the Fast” immediately after the end of the fasting month. The “Feast of Breaking the Fast” is called “Eid al-fitr” in Arabic or “Ramazan bayramı” in Turkish. (“bayramı” in English means: holiday, feast day or holiday.)

Ramadan has the following synonyms: Ramazan, Ramzan, Ramadhan, Ramathan.

Greeting for Ramadan: Ramadan Kareem/Karim

Locals fasting for Ramadan can be greeted with the following greetings:

“Eid Mubarak” means in English: “Happy Celebration” or “Good Holidays” – Learn more about “Eid Mubarak” here.

When Ramadan is over, it is usually said, “Happy Bayram!”

Eating and fasting

The meal while the sun is dawning is called: Sahur. (Synonyms: Sahūr, Suhūr, Suhoor).

The first meal after sunset is called: iftar. (The Arabic “ifṭār” means in English: “Breaking the fast”).

Fasting in Arabic is called: saum/sawm.

Fasting as abstention is called in Arabic: imsak.

See also:

General rules: Ramadan

Through Ramadan, Muslims hope to increase their faith and be rewarded with spirituality. This is also called “thawab”.

The night prayer is called: Tarawih (Arabic: تراويح).

During the time of Ramadan, Muslims are supposed to be charitable. For this, they know “Zakat” – it refers to giving alms and is treated as a kind of duty or tax in Islam. They also know “Sadaqah” – voluntary gifts or work for charity is called Sadaqah. Sadaqah as an act means: giving something selflessly without demanding anything back or expecting a reward.

What does “Ramadan Mubarak” & “Ramadan Kareem” mean in English? Translation, Meaning


“Ramadan Mubarak” and “Ramadan Kareem” are said as a greeting and wish for Ramadan to fasting Muslims. They are said with similar intentions but have different meanings.

Ramadan 2022: Ramadan 2022 starts on the evening of April 2 and ends on the evening of May 2.

Ramadan Mubarak / Ramadan Kareem: Meaning in English, Translation

If you don’t want to upset Muslims, you should know the meaning of “Ramadan Mubarak” and “Ramadan Kareem”:

  • “Ramadan Mubarak” means “Blessed Ramadan” in Englisch.
  • “Ramadan Kareem” means in Englisch: “Have a generous Ramadan”. (Partly “Kareem” is also written “Karim”).

“Ramadan Mubarak” and “Ramadan Kareem” are said at the beginning of Ramadan.

The Arabic word “Mubarak” means “blessing” in English. The Arabic word “Kareem” means in English: “Generous”. In the Arab world, “Mubarak” is a common surname.

Ramadan Mubarak or Ramadan Kareem: What is the difference? Meaning

“Ramadan Kareem” is understood in the sense that Ramadan should be generous to fasting Muslims. Some Muslims prefer “Ramadan Mubarak” because “Ramadan Kareem” is a contradiction in terms for them. Ramadan cannot be generous in itself, but in Islamic faith it is Allah who is generous.

Both wishes – Ramadan Kareem and Ramadan Mubarak – have only positive intentions. Here it depends on the Muslims to whom one of the wishes is said and how to evaluate the wish. Who would like to play it safe, says rather “Ramadan Mubarak”!

Alternatively can be wished also in Englisch:

  • Happy Ramadan
  • Blessed Ramadan
  • Good Ramadan

For the time after Ramadan, when the festival of breaking the fast (Arabic: “Eid al-Fitr”) begins, “Eid Mubarak” is said. “Eid Mubarak” means “Happy Feast” or “Blessed Feast.”

Ramadan is the most important month in the Islamic calendar and one of the most important festivals. Since the Islamic calendar is based on the moon, Ramadan shifts annually.

During Ramadan, fasting Muslims remember the moment when their prophet Muhammad received the first verses of the Quran from God. With the fasting Muslims want to renounce all earthly needs during the day in order to come closer to God.

During Ramadan, eating and drinking between sunrise and sunset is forbidden. Gambling, smoking, alcohol and sexual intercourse are also forbidden.

See also:

Why is Ramadan so important for Muslims? Explanation


About two billion people worldwide belong to the Islamic religious community. United in their faith in Mohamed and Allah, Muslims follow the rules laid down in the holy book of the Koran. These include observing the fasting month of Ramadan. The word, which comes from Arabic, translates as “the hot month.” According to tradition, the Muslim tradition of fasting originated in 624, the second year of Muhammad’s emigration from Mecca.

Ramadan 2022: Ramadan 2022 starts on the evening of April 2 and ends on the evening of May 2.

Ramadan: When does fasting take place?

It is the ninth month of the Islamic lunar calendar, which covers only 354 days. Due to the deviation from the solar calendar, the period shifts by 10 or 11 days every year. The duration of the fasting month is 29 or 30 days. Fasting begins when the crescent moon is visible at the end of the new moon. From this time on, nothing is eaten or drunk every day from the Fajir prayer at about 05:00 until after the evening prayer at about 21:00.

To end the fasting month, the entire family gathers at home after sunset for a festive dinner called iftar. The two- to three-day festival of breaking the fast, Eid al-Fitr, is considered the second highest Islamic holiday after the Feast of Sacrifice. Because children in Turkey are given sweets on this occasion, the festival is also called Eid al-Fitr (Seker Bayrami).

Rules, conditions, practical implementation of Ramadan

For the observance of the fasting month of Ramadan by Muslims, there are sometimes even mandatory state regulations. The only exceptions are people who have to perform heavy physical work. Pregnant or nursing women, the sick and infirm, and children are also exempt from fasting.

From dawn to sunset, not only food and drink must be abstained from during Ramadan. Smoking, loud music and sexual intercourse are also prohibited during this period. These prohibitions are intended to prevent Muslims from being distracted from their faith and Allah.

Before the start of the fast, which lasts about 12 hours, many Muslims eat a small, low-salt meal shortly beforehand. This is intended to prevent too much impairment of performance during the day. In many cases, a few dates, which contain plenty of sugar and nutrients, are eaten before dinner immediately after sunset as a first tonic. Due to the often high outside temperatures at this time of year, water is also drunk.

According to Muslim tradition, friends are also invited to the feast at the end of the fasting period. Before dinner begins, those gathered perform the Maghrib prayer. Popular, delicious foods enrich the table around which Muslims are gathered. Pork and alcohol are strictly forbidden. There are several hours of enjoyable eating, drinking and praying. In Muslim countries, changes in public life indicate the month of fasting. For example, government and private institutions may have different opening hours or be closed altogether. Vacationers should take this into account.

See also:

Ramadan: Different regulations due to geographical location

Special regulations determine the fasting period in countries with a midnight sun, such as Norway, since the sun does not set there as usual. Likewise, the times for the start of Ramadan can shift in countries such as Pakistan or Iran. There, the crescent moon can be seen later in the sky after the new moon.

Consequences of not observing fasting days

If possible, fasting days missed with a good reason should be made up. Those who break the fast for no reason must sincerely repent to Allah. Similarly, according to the Quran, there is an obligation to fast for two months without interruption. Anyone who is unable to do so should feed 60 poor people.

Meaning of Ramadan in terms of Islam

The attitudes and actions of Muslims during the month of Ramadan are to find favor with Allah. Strict fasting and intense piety are meant to illustrate special devotion to Allah. Muslims are supposed to fast, pray more and donate to charity during Ramadan. Generally, the donations go to needy members of the community.

On the morning of the first day of the festival, the festive prayer is a significant religious duty. In addition to rejoicing over the hardships of fasting, Muslims ask that Allah recognize their efforts and prayers. Muslims gather in the mosque, dressed in festive clothing, to pray and make donations together.

Increased reading and quoting of the Koran combined with supplications and a pronounced togetherness are supposed to purify the soul. As with pilgrimages, the holy month is intended to bring about a stronger sense of togetherness among Muslims. During this time, the chances of resolving existing conflicts are to be increased. According to the Koran, the reward for fasting is also the forgiveness of sins.

What is “Remove Miner” (TikTok)? Meaning, definition, explanation


On TikTok, in March 2022, a lot of comments appeared under videos that simply said “Remove Miner”. This begs the question, what does “Remove Miner” mean?

What is Remove Miner (TikTok)? Meaning, definition, explanation

The term “Remove Miner” is related to the mobile game “Clash Royale” (Clash of Clans). In “Clash Royale” there is a unit called “Miner”.

Fans of “Clash Royale” demanded with their comments “Remove Miner” that the unit “Miner” should be removed from the game “Clash Royale” or nerfed.

The “Clash Royale” fans who wrote “Remove Miner” en masse on TikTok managed to catch the attention of the “Clash Royale” makers. On the “Clash Royale” Twitter channel, the “Clash Royale” makers posted videos of the “Miner” being attacked by various opponents. BUT this was not enough for the “Remove Miner” writers. They continue to post their comments in order to get a revision of the Miner.

A variant of the “Remove Miner” comment is “Nerf Miner”.

Who is the Miner? Clash Royale Miner

The Miner is a melee unit that can dig tunnels. It can appear anywhere in the arena.

The Miner ignores walls and can appear right next to its targets. If the Miner is underground, it does not suffer any damage and does not trigger a trap.

The editors suspect that the tunnel digger (Miner) causes frustration for some players, because it ignores walls, which makes a defensive strategy more difficult and ineffective. This raises the question of how and whether to invest in walls as a defense at all.

On March 29, 2022, the “The Miner Update” of Clash Royale was released.

Distribution “Remove Miner

On Google, searches for “Remove Miner” increased massively from mid-March 2022. This is true for worldwide searches.

Other meaning of “Remove Miner”

In another context, the phrase “Remove Miner” may refer to a CPU or Bitcoin.

What does “Ukrops” mean? Meaning, definition, explanation


The word “Ukrop” has three meanings:

In Russia, the term “Ukrop” or “Ukrops” is a derogatory slang term for Ukrainians. But now some Ukrainians use the term “Ukrop” as a self-designation. (The Russian word “Ukrop” means “dill” in English. Really).

“UKROP” is the abbreviation for the Ukrainian political party “Ukrainian Union of Patriots.”

“Ukrop’s Food Group” is a US company.

What does “Ukrops” mean? Meaning, definition, explanation

Note: The exact and unambiguous usage of the term “Ukrops” is unclear.

The word “Ukrop” is written in Cyrillic as “Укроп”. “Ukrop” or “Укроп” mean “dill” in English. (The plant “dill”)

Russians refer to Ukrainians as “Dill” with derogatory intent, as the Cyrillic word for “dill” and for “Ukrainian” have syntactical similarities. The Cyrillic word for Ukrainians is “Украинцы.” The Cyrillic word for dill is “Укроп”. The first three letters are the same.

The exact use of the term “Ukrop” is unclear. It is unclear whether “Ukrop” refers to all Ukrainians in general or whether only right-wing, nationalist and fascist Ukrainians are referred to as “Ukrop” or whether only Ukrainians who are against Russia and Putin are referred to as “Ukrop”. Furthermore, there are sources that claim that Euromaidan supporters are referred to as “Ukrop.” Ukrainians who are referred to as “Ukrop” are said to be anti-Russia and anti-Putin, as well as having a pronounced Russophobia. Also, there are sources that state that Russians refer to all Ukrainians in the Donbas war (2014) who fought on the Ukrainian side (against Russia) as “Ukrop”.

The term “Ukrop” for Ukrainians became more popular in 2014 when Ukrainian soldiers in the Donbas War (2014) used the term as a joking self-designation. Military emblems and patches with dill in the logo were even created and spread.

The same thing happened with the term “Yankee.” “Yankee” was originally a derisive term but became an identification term for Union troops during the course of the American Civil War. Another term of similar category is: Kartoffel (“Potato”, as a designation for Germans).

About the Ukrainian Union of Patriots (UKROP)

“Ukrainian Union of Patriots” were founded on June 15, 2015. In its logo there is a dill plant and the name of dill in Cyrillic “Укроп”.

What is Embedded Journalism? Meaning, definition, explanation


“Embedded journalism” is a form of war reporting in which journalists and the military work together to inform the public and not to reveal (military) secrets. The military controls and decides what is written about and what may be published.

What is Embedded Journalism? Meaning, definition, explanation

Embedded journalism is a term widely used during war or other military operations. The term itself is relatively new, having been used during the Iraq War (beginning in 2003). It can also be applied to other earlier war situations, but was used more frequently mainly during the Iraq War.

The journalist’s contract protects the military in such a way that anything written is censored, but also things you encounter while in country are censored. Examples of this can be classified weapons or anything else that can be considered classified. So you can’t write later about something classified that you saw while you were in the country. In this way, you will be very strictly controlled when publishing information. Proofreading and pre-censorship take place, of course. This means that the journalist in question is prohibited from filing a story via satellite, as this transmission could reveal the position of the armed forces. So it is a very limited kind of journalism, as it is always controlled by the military in question, and the ability to archive and report for several hours can be eliminated. What we are seeing is not the war in Iraq; what we are seeing are parts of the war in Iraq, ” Donald Rumsfeld said at the beginning of the Iraq war. This is very true because you are only allowed to see fragments of an action. Moreover, if it is precensored, the content is weaker.

This means that a particular news reporter or reporters are chosen to cover a particular event, a story – preferably in wartime situations. The result is more comprehensive news with different features than normal news features. Working with a story is made easier by its proximity to a particular region in the country, and if it is used under the right conditions, and by that is meant that the journalist in question is realistic, objective and, not least, consistent in gathering information, it can be a very truthful story.

The question then becomes, does the truth really matter? If the chance to write a story, with a slightly skewed view of the truth, is more important than a well-written truth? But covering an event in this way can also be very positive. Getting an inside look is always positive; it broadens the view and the senses. What is crucial is the refinement of the collected material. Different perspectives create different truths. With these words, morals & ethics are making their way into information and journalism. Even within these subjects, there are specific guidelines and rules that must be observed and, not least, adhered to in the work. Let’s take the work of a photographer as an example, his work is just as important as that of a journalist, but pictures speak for themselves. The image as a medium becomes stronger and the responsibility lies entirely with the photographer. The image must reflect a reality, and this reality can thus be that of someone else. Reality or truth? And whose truth? Being an embedded journalist and reporting only on the military leads to one-sided reporting. If you turn it around and assume that the journalist might be embedded in a family or even a school, the story might be quite different. Not as controlled and perhaps more objective. It’s a way to broaden your horizons. A step on the way to becoming more truthful.

That the concept of embedded journalism is well-known is partly because of its use during the Iraq war, but also because the U.S. media community was a little disappointed with the access they gained to different places in different war situations. According to Wikipedia, 775 journalists and photographers were embedded journalists in early 2003. These journalists and photographers, in turn, signed contracts that severely restricted their reporting. During this time, it was important to report in such a way as to gain some sort of elevated position and controlling role in the flow of information. The goal, of course, is to control all the information and direct it to your advantage. An example of this might be that you are asked not to show pictures of wounded soldiers from your own “side,” but only to show that there are casualties on the “other side.”

Information Warfare and Embedded Journalism

Part of embedded journalism is using information to take a superior position over the adversary.

Information warfare means waging war through information. Since the Vietnam War, governments and the media have used various methods to control and deal with the media. It is used as an example of the first war, when it was as important to win public opinion as it was on the battlefield. In the second half of the war, the focus was on exposing abuses by American soldiers against Vietnamese civilians. This obviously had a very negative effect on public opinion. The focus was on tighter control of the media so that they would then paint a positive picture of the situation, to finally make people feel that profit is everyone’s achievement. That we were all involved in the war and ultimately won.

This confirms in different ways how important the media is in different situations. Whether the media can control a war and vice versa is a very important question. For example, if you take advantageous pictures during a war situation, you gain the upper hand. A picture is worth a thousand words.
Another aspect of information warfare is the dissemination of media, in this case propaganda. It is a powerful tool to demoralize the enemy. It has a strong connection to psychology, in this case psychological warfare.

See also: What is WarTok?

Distance from the civilian

Although embedded journalists can do a faster and more efficient job by staying close to where all the activity is taking place, there is also the undoubted idea that the whole thing can make these journalists distance themselves from the civilian population, and thus have already achieved an effect standing on the situation itself. An example could be Iraq, where staying with the military makes one sympathetic to the invasion. This led to the alternative term “embedded journalists.”

That war situations create an us-and-them effect is a fact. Those who are in a war-torn country choose a location, and that includes the journalists who are there. It is an active choice and something you are also forced to make when you spend your life with the soldiers who are with you. In Iraq, for example, if you are a journalist, you pose exactly the same threat as the American forces, you are automatically on their side. There is no difference in that moment between a journalist and a soldier. It undeniably creates a sense of “us and them.”

What is truth? And whose truth is true? Embedded Journalism

Embedded journalism, the practice of placing journalists within and under the control of one side of the military during an armed conflict. Embedded reporters and photographers are assigned to a specific military unit and may accompany troops into combat zones. Embedded journalism was introduced by the U.S. Department of Defense during the Iraq War (2003-11) as a strategic response to criticism of the low supply of journalists during the Gulf War (1990-91) and the early years of the Afghanistan War ( which began in 2001).

Although battlefield reporting dates back to ancient times, embedded journalism added a new dimension to coverage of the war. While journalists had fairly broad access to the Vietnam War, some commanders felt that the media’s portrayal of that war had contributed to lower public support for it. As a result, Gulf War coverage was largely limited to the “pool system,” in which a small number of journalists were selected to accompany the military and act as news agents for the rest of the press. In early 2003, as it became increasingly clear that war between the United States and Iraq was imminent, the Department of Defense offered journalists the opportunity to join U.S. forces after they underwent boot camp-style training and accepted a set of ground rules. During the invasion of Iraq, about 600 embedded journalists joined U.S. forces.

Scholarly debate about the impact of embedded journalists’ cover-up of combat operations began while U.S. troops were still en route to Baghdad. On the one hand, it was claimed that a new standard of openness and immediacy had been created for war reporting. It was assumed that journalists directly involved in military operations would provide a more urgent account of events, jettisoning the inevitable speculation that might arise if they kept the media at bay. Others, however, took a more negative view of embedding and expressed particular concerns about bias in reporting. Even media organizations that participated in the embedding program described it as an attempt to portray the American side of the war in a sympathetic light by letting journalists into the culture of the military and destroying the objectivity that journalists were forced to maintain.

Elden Ring: History, Story and Lore


“Elden Ring is a narrative collaboration between Hidetaka Miyazaki, creative director and game designer of the Soulsborne series, and George R. R. Martin, the author behind Game of Thrones. Players are immersed in the world of The Lands Between, with Elden Ring relying on the open narrative threads of an open world. A key role is played by Queen Marika, whose disappearance scattered the fragments of Elden Ring around the world. It is the player’s task to find the fragments of the Elden Ring and ascend to the rank of Elden Lord. The following text provides a detailed insight into the story of Elden Ring – be warned against spoilers!

Overview: History, Story, Lore of Elden Ring.

In December 2021, a first story trailer from publisher Bandai-Namco provided an early glimpse into the narrative world of Elden Ring. It lays out the basic narrative coordinates of the title, which sold over 12 million copies worldwide in just its first 17 days. The Shattering, in English: The Shattering, laid darkness over the land. It is the result of the broken Elden Ring, which plunges the region of the Interlands into chaos. A war of demigods unfolds, splitting the land and reducing its former beauty to ashes. From now on, the only hope is the Elden Lord (in the original: Elden Lord), the successor of the first Elden Lord Godfrey, who is supposed to unite the Elden Ring and the Interlands.

Once upon a time, the Intermediate Land, now ruled by Queen Marika, was a paradisiacal place. The shining Earth Tree in the heart of the land was and is closely linked to the power of the Ring. The breaking of the ring, however, has caused chaos, and the once beautiful intermediate land is no longer recognizable. The Golden Order, the Golden Order, is crumbling. Demigods wrestle for power, fight for the shards of the Elden Ring. With the title Elden Ring, Hidetaka Miyazaki emancipates himself from the narrative worlds of the Souls and Bloodborne series. The in-between land is a separate continent surrounded by water.

The player is immersed in the role of a stained, a Tarnished. Once upon a time, the Tarnished were banished, rejected by the mighty Earth Tree, no longer able to live in the Interland. But the shattering of the Elden Ring makes the Stained the only hope to defeat Chaos and help the Interland reach a new golden age. As a Stained, the player must confront the corrupted bearers of the Fragments, known as Shardbearers. They represent the powerful boss opponents of Elden Ring. In these battles, the player collects the fragments of Elden Ring to become the Elden Lord and restore the Golden Order.

The creators of the story – Hidetaka Miyazaki and George R. R. Martin

Hidetaka Miyazaki is now a household name for many gamers. The Japanese game designer and creative director at From Software has been closely associated with the Soulsborne series since Demon’s Souls. He is considered the creative mind behind the game design and storytelling of the famous role-playing series – and in this way, whether consciously or unconsciously, has been able to exert a creative influence on many developments in the current games industry. As a director and producer, he participated in the Dark Souls series (2011-2016) and also left his mark as a director in works such as Demon’s Souls (2009), Bloodborne (2015), and Sekiro: Shadows Die Twice (2019). His games are considered groundbreaking examples of modern role-playing game design. The thrilling boss fights in particular have become the trademark of the Soulsborne series. At the same time, Miyazaki does not shy away from reinventing himself. With Elden Ring (2022), he opens up his game world to the open world game principle, which promises players new freedom.

The renowned author George R. R. Martin also made an important contribution to the storytelling of Elden Ring. The author, born in 1948, published his first short stories as early as the 1970s. Since then, his greatest successes have included A Song of Ice and Fire, the multi-volume book series that debuted in 1996 and for which sequels are still announced. The writer also made a name for himself as a screenwriter and television producer with his involvement in Game of Thrones (2011-2019) – in the 1980s he already provided scripts for The Twilight Zone and later for The Outer Limits.

With Elden Ring, George R. R. Martin breaks new ground – and for the first time actively provides narrative elements for a popular role-playing game series. Although the degree of George R. R. Martin’s influence in storytelling remains unclear to this day, he at least made significant contributions to Elden Ring’s backstory and lore. As a fan, Miyazaki approached George R. R. Martin for a collaboration; according to Miyazaki, the two quickly realized how similar they were on this issue. Martin was closely involved with the worldbuilding and story of the world of Elden Ring, while the responsibility for the story lay primarily with Miyazaki. When it comes to deep immersion in the narrative world of Elden Ring, both Martin and Miyazaki undoubtedly left their mark.

Environmental Storytelling in Elden Ring – A Trademark of the Soulsborne Series

Environmental Storytelling has become a popular buzzword, especially in the context of the Soulsborne series. Environmental Storytelling describes a special narrative style in the game design of video games. The environment becomes the place of storytelling. The player discovers what might have happened on location in concrete places, in artifacts, and in present and past events. The player thus collects narrative fragments from place to place, which gradually come together like a puzzle to form an entire story. The design of the game world thus becomes a main character in the narrative of the video game.

Hidden places, curious artifacts and mysterious enemies have characterized Soulsborne’s narratives since the beginning. Thus, Dark Souls not only influenced the enemy design of role-playing games, it also expanded the understanding of how elemental the game world is to the narrative. In doing so, Miyazaki also always allowed for ambiguity in the world and a resulting speculation in the player’s mind. For example, Bloodborne’s backstory is known to only be fully embraced by playing through it multiple times and diving into fan speculation. In doing so, the game recommends knocking on every door and piecing together snippets of dialogue into a narrative whole. The player thus becomes an active participant in the creation of the narrative.

The open world of Elden Ring provides From Software’s creators with new ways to exploit environmental storytelling. The player’s free movement determines how they perceive the narrative world. It was always part of the principle of Soulsborne that the world is more than just scenery, that you can travel everything you see. Thus, the Earth Tree makes a prominent appearance in Elden Ring, representing a geographically important reference point in the open world of Elden Ring. In doing so, it is also key to Elden Ring’s narrative with its influence and history. Players don’t run through the world – and slay any bosses: the enemies are key figures in Elden Ring’s narrative as Shardbearers. With Elden Ring, Miyazaki and From Software deliver another example of modern environmental storytelling.

Lore and Characters – More about the story of Elden Ring

Although environmental storytelling is a visible part of Elden Ring, From Software has opted for a more direct approach to the story this time. At least to understand the basic story, you don’t have to search long: quest givers, sequences and items communicate the core story of Elden Ring more directly, while the open world still keeps many secrets. The open world also introduces nonlinear elements into the storytelling: The player directly or indirectly determines when and in what way he experiences certain game moments.

In the process, the player meets numerous characters who are interwoven with the story. First and foremost is Queen Marika the Eternal, the godlike queen whose kingdom fell after the destruction of the Elden Ring. Her children are demigods who carry great runes with them. Among the first characters the player meets is Melina, who helps the player with items and information throughout the story. A mysterious aura is spread by the NPC Renna, she is also closely connected to the events of Elden Ring. She allows you, spoiler, to summon spirits during the course of the game.

Besides that, as is usual for a From Software title, numerous bosses appear that are connected to the story. Among the early opponents is Godrick the Grafted, who is one of the powerful demigods with a part of the Elden Ring. Rykard, Lord of Blasphemy, Renna, Queen of the Full Moon and the Star Scourge Radahn are also part of the ensemble of boss opponents and in some of the cases powerful demigods. Those who play Elden Ring should not forget certain basic principles of the Soulsborne series to get acquainted with the story: Read item descriptions carefully, talk to all NPCs exhaustively and explore every nook and cranny. This is how the full complexity of Elden Ring, the new masterpiece by Hidetaka Miyazaki and George R. R. Martin, unfolds.

In summary: Story of Elden Ring

A dark age has descended upon the land between: The Elden Ring has scattered to all points of the compass, and the demigods have made off with its shards. The player must set out on a quest as the Tainted One to complete the Elden Ring and attain the rank of Elden Lord. From Software once again relies on environmental storytelling, thrilling boss fights and – this time new – an open world full of narrative secrets.

What does “WarTok” mean? Meaning, definition, explanation


“WarTok” is a portmanteau of the word “War” and the name of the social media short video app “TikTok”.

The term “WarTok” describes the fact that personal, professional journalistic and state war reporting takes place via TikTok in the form of short videos.

What is “WarTok”? Meaning, definition, explanation

The Russian attack on Ukraine and the subsequent war caused an emergence and popularization of war coverage on TikTok, called WarTok.

The following participants report on the war from their perspective on TikTok:

  • Government agencies and people in offices
  • People who live in affected areas
  • People who are active as influencers
  • Soldiers
  • Journalists

WarTok content is of the following categories:

  • Official government communications
  • personal eyewitness accounts
  • journalistic reports
  • misinformation, fake news and propaganda

The content varies widely. People who live and reside in affected areas report from their daily lives. They share what they are experiencing. (For example, they share video footage of destroyed streets and buildings in the city they live in. They share video footage of the situation in supermarkets. They share video footage of their escape. They share video footage of crowded train stations. They share video of alarm sirens). They share their fears, worries and feelings.

State agencies are disseminating war propaganda and official messages, as well as holdout slogans. (Ukrainian President Volodymyr Selenskyj must be mentioned here. He publishes videos on TikTok, some of them very successful).

Journalists report on their observations. They explain and analyze.

Soldiers show their everyday life. They show themselves. They show how they have fun. They show destruction and war equipment.

People who are active as influencers spread helpful information to propaganda. They spread partly perseverance slogans. (These people can be called “warfluencer” or “war influencer”.)

The people who spread content on social media as influencers about war partly educate. They provide information about technology, equipment, and strategy.

Troop sightings and soldier movements are shared on TikTok by a wide variety of people. (This is a problem because it allows warring parties to learn what their opponents are planning and how they are moving).

About WarTok: Meaning, definition, explanation

Editor’s Comment: WarTok enables war reporting that is emotional, honest, open, unique and fast. There are no limits. Everything may be reported. This is good, because a very comprehensive and multi-layered picture of war and the everyday life of war can be shown.

However, WarTok also has a problem: Some of the content is very emotional. There are masses of videos and new videos are published every hour. What is real and what is propaganda, disinformation or misinformation can only be guessed at first glance. Only by checking and then afterwards does it become clear what was fake and what was not. Therefore, caution should be exercised with war reporting on TikTok.

TikTok’s algorithm ensures that very popular videos are shown to many people. Since an algorithm can be manipulated, it is only necessary to send the right signals to spread information or propaganda, for example.

Since TikTok relies on strong emotionalization of its popular content, even more caution should be taken.

WarTok videos must also be criticized in themselves. In some cases, it is not clear whether the videos serve entertainment purposes or are really intended to disseminate information.

Other meaning of WarTok

The hashtag #WarkTok has now been used over 100 million times on TikTok.

A “Wartok” is a creature from The World of Drakan.

“Wartok” is a Klingon from Star Trek.

What is Maskirovka? Meaning, definition, explanation


Maskirovka is a Russian term (Маскировка) that refers to military deception. Although the word is sometimes translated as “camouflage,” the simple translation belies its much broader meaning, which includes all active and passive measures to deceive the enemy, including: Concealment (skrytie), imitation using dummies and military dummies (imitasiia), maneuvers to deceive (demonstrativnye manevry), and disinformation (dezinformatsiia).

What is Maskirovka? Meaning, definition, explanation, strategy

The Soviet Military Myclopeadia defines “maskirovka” as follows: “means of securing combat operations and the daily activities of the armed forces; a complex of measures aimed solely at misleading or keeping the enemy in the dark about the presence and disposition of the armed forces, various military targets, their condition, combat readiness, and operations, as well as about the commander’s plans… maskirovka helps to surprise the actions of the enemy’s armed forces, maintain combat readiness, and increase the survivability of the targets.

It was developed as a military doctrine in the 1920s and used by Zhukov in 1939 in the battles of the Khalkhin Gol against Japan. For example, the Red Army Field Regulations (1929) state, “Surprise has a stunning effect on the enemy. For this reason, all troop operations must be conducted as inconspicuously and quickly as possible.” Stealth was to be achieved by confusing the enemy through movements, camouflage and use of terrain, speed, use of night and fog, and secrecy.

Maskirovka was put into practice on a large scale at the Battle of Kursk, particularly on the steppe front under the command of Ivan Konev. The result was that the Germans attacked the Russian forces four times more than they had expected. German General Friedrich von Mellenthin wrote: “The terrible counterattacks, in which huge masses of men and equipment took part, were an unpleasant surprise for us… The extremely skillful camouflage of the Russians should be emphasized once again. We did not discover … a single minefield or antitank area until … the first tank was blown up by a mine or the first Russian antitank guns opened fire”

What is Maskirovka in relation to Ukraine?

Russian President Vladimir Putin launched a major invasion of Ukraine in February 2022, but called it a “special military operation” to pursue the “demilitarization and denazification” of the regime in Ukraine. The goal of the ongoing invasion, according to Russia, is to “protect people who have been mistreated and murdered by the regime in Kiev for eight years.”

Here are some quotes from Putin’s fateful speech announcing war with Ukraine.

“Our plans do not include occupation of Ukrainian territories. We will not impose anything on anyone by force.”

“What is happening today does not stem from a desire to hurt the interests of Ukraine and the Ukrainian people. It is about protecting Russia itself from those who have taken Ukraine hostage and are trying to use it against our country and its people.”

The current situation of Russia’s military action in Ukraine is in stark contrast to the above statements of the head of state justifying his recent actions. These examples can be used to exemplify the age-old Russian military deception tactic, “maskirovka.”

Maskirovka has been part of the Russian military’s arsenal for centuries. It involves the use of dummies, subterfuge, denial, disinformation, and deception to mislead the enemy. It has been part of Russian intelligence craft for centuries, even before the communist era. It was even taught at the military school founded by Tsar Nicholas II. Today, the tactic of disguising one’s intentions under the guise of well-thought-out, manipulative communications is not just a Russian trick, but is used by intelligence agencies around the world. It is not that only the Russians resort to it, but intelligence agencies around the world use what is called ‘active measures’ or psychological operations to impose their will on the enemy.

But Russia’s strength in this tactic is clear: the Russian strategic maskirovka concept seeks to preemptively manipulate the adversary’s decision-making process and steer it toward desired outcomes. By applying the theory of “reflexive control,” the enemy is made to make decisions that the manipulator has predetermined. Such “information confrontation” is used to win public opinion worldwide and also to mobilize the domestic population through strategic misdirection.

What is Celestial Dew from Elden Ring? Effect, properties, location


Celestial Dew is a consumable item in the game Elden Ring. Most consumable items provide various in-game effects such as HP restoration, status balancing, or temporary buffs and debuffs. With the Celestial Dew, however, you revive an NPC, a non-player character.

Celestial Dew (Elden Ring) Location

The Celestial Dew can be found in various places in the world of Elden Ring. It is especially important in the Church of Vows, where you can obtain absolution. Above all, it is needed when the player wants to learn more about the absolution of the Turtle Pope.

Celestial Dew’s finding spots are scattered throughout the game. The first and easiest of them is the Ainsel River Well. The Ainsel River Well is located in East Liurnia. The player must descend directly into the well to obtain the dew. The elevator must be used to descend to the bottom of the well. Once down, giant ants lurk, which must first be fought. At the subsequent fork in the road, the correct direction must be selected. You can also find a merchant who sells another Celestial Dew.

Other locations include Pidia The Merchant in Caria Manor, who trades the player the Tau. Another option to sell Celestial Dew is the Nomadic Merchant in Ainsel River. He sells Celestial Dew for 7500 runes each. Most Celestial Dew, however, is looted from corpses, which are found in Nokron Eternal City, Nkostella, and Night’s Sacred Ground, among other places. Thus, each corpse should be examined well, so that the hard-earned money is not spent only on Celestial Dew in the end.

Functions and effects of the Celestial Dew

The player is free to attack an NPC in Elden Ring. However, this has the consequence that the player can no longer continue with quest series or sell goods to merchants. Thus, killing NPCs massively hinders game progress. To still be able to enjoy Elden Ring, a character can be revived with the Celestial Dew. The revival leads to a kind of resetting of the character.

To revive an NPC with the Celestial Dew, Absolution must be sought in the church. To do this, only Celestial Dew must have been collected. Celestial Dew is picked up by the player. Afterwards, the Turtle Pope must be visited in order to obtain Absolution. In the course of this action, the player must kneel at the well and offer the Dew for absolution. Immediately after Absolution, NPCs are friendlier again and dead people live again, so trading and quests are available once more.

Although the Celestial Dew can be used to revive NPCs, you should still pay close attention to which characters are killed. After all, the panacea doesn’t work on every character. If the player intentionally or unintentionally kills a Traveling or Isolated Merchant, they will remain dead even with Absolution and the use of Celestial Dew. Thus, it can happen that quests and other merchants are still accessible, but many items for buying and selling are simply no longer available. It is also not possible to revive NPCs that are killed as part of the story or quests.

What does cabrón mean in English? (Spanish) meaning, translation, explanation


The Spanish term “cabron” has several meanings. It is widely used in the Spanish-speaking world (Spain, Mexico, Central and Latin America).

What does cabrón mean in English? (Spanish) Meaning, translation, explanation

Meanings:

  • “Cabrón” means goat. It refers to the animal.
  • “Cabrón” is a vulgar insult, which is translated as “a**hole”, “sh*thead”, “b*stard”, “nasty pig” or “filthy pig”. In English it is sometimes also called “motherf*cker”.
  • In Mexico and Latin America, “cabrón” means “buddy,” “dude,” or “bro,” among other things. Also, “cabrón” is used as an expression for “lousy”, “skillful” or “difficult”.
  • A “cabrón” is used to describe a man whose wife is unfaithful. In Central America, the expression is used in this way.
  • A “cabrón” is also used to refer to a pimp. The term is pejorative in this context. The expression is used in this sense in Latin America.

The expression “cabrón” exists in a male and female variant:

  • male = cabrón
  • female = cabrona or cabra
  • The plural is: Los Cabrones

The expression “cabrón” also exists in other languages:

  • Portuguese: cabrão
  • Italian: caprone
  • Venetian: cavron

Distribution of Cabron: Since the beginning of 2020, searches for “Cabron” have been increasing worldwide. This is probably due to the suffering “Cabrón y Vago” by El Fantasma & Los Dos Carnales released in August 2020.

Correct spelling of Cabrón

This article is reached by many searches for “Cabrón” with “b” and for “Caprón” with “p”. The correct spelling of “Cabrón” is that spelling with “b”. The spelling with “p” is wrong.

“Cabrón” in rap

German rappers and musicians from the USA use the term “cabrón” in their lyrics, making it spread.

Other meaning of Cabrón

Cabrón is the name of a Romanian singer. He has been active since 1999.

Cabron (spelled CABRON) is the name of a Romanian musician.

Who is Iji (Elden Ring)? NPC, Quest, Story, History, Lore


Iji, the Master Blacksmith, is an NPC that players can encounter in Elden Ring, the open-world role-playing game from FromSoftware. The character is a giant who, as a blacksmith, can improve weapons and equipment. For players of the Dark Souls games, Iji’s figure is a little fanservice, since in the first Dark Souls there was also a forging giant that could be found in the castle of Anor Londo.

Where to find Iji: Elden Ring

Iji is relatively easy to find compared to other NPCs. When players explore the northwestern area in Liurnia of the Lakes, they will find a place of grace aptly named “Road to the Manor.” Iji sits right next to the place of mercy, engrossed in a book while occasionally banging his blacksmith’s hammer on the anvil with his other hand.

Contrary to his appearance, Iji is very peaceful and cultured. He explains to players that he used to be the blacksmith of the royal Carian family, but simply cannot find satisfaction in retirement. For this reason, he also offers his blacksmithing skills to tainted people. They can improve weapons and armor at Iji’s or add an ash of war to them.

In addition, Iji sells gloomy blacksmithing stones, which are needed for higher upgrades. If you want to spend a few more runes at the friendly blacksmith, you can also buy the Carian filigree talisman from Iji. The talisman lowers the mana consumption of summons and spells when worn. However, in order for Iji to offer the talisman, players must have previously spoken with Blaidd and defeated the Bloodhound Knight Darriwil in the Lost Dog Evergaol in Limgrave. If the players have spoken to Blaidd following the battle, he instructs them to find Iji and tell him that Blaidd sent them. In return, Iji offers the talisman for one-time purchase.

War Counselor Iji

After players explore the Carian family estate in the northwest of Liurnia of the Lakes, they enter an area called “The Three Sisters.” In this area, giant crystals sprout from the ground and a bad-tempered dragon also stomps through the area. However, the area is named after three towers that the stained can explore.

Once they’ve found Ranni’s Ascension and spoken to the bluish shimmering witch for the first time, Ranni offers players the chance to become part of her entourage. If the players agree, they get to know Ranni’s followers. In addition to the wolfman Blaidd and a scholar named Seluvis, players will also find Iji. However, he doesn’t have the title of master blacksmith here, but is instead Ranni’s war advisor.

If the players follow Ranni’s quest line and have already defeated Captain Radahn in the quest for the eternal city of Nokron, they can return to Iji. He congratulates the players on their progress and tells them that they need to head to Nokron on their own.

After the players find the Eternal City of Nokron and take the Fingerslayer Blade, they should visit the Lost Dog Evergaol once again. Even though Darriwil has been defeated, the prison has gained a new inmate in the form of the sword warrior Blaidd. Blaidd mentions that Iji imprisoned him here, without giving the reasons why.

One last meeting

When the players return to Iji, he explains his actions to them. As a guardian of the Carian family, Iji has watched over Ranni all his life. That’s why he was aware that Blaidd was created by the Greater Will to serve Ranni. But Iji also knew that the Greater Will could take control of objects and people to force them to act. The giant therefore forged a mirror helmet for himself to keep out the influence of the Greater Will.

Iji had also learned that Blaidd was not only placed at Ranni’s side as a protector. He was also to ensure that she did not stray from the path the Greater Will had chosen for her. After all, as a member of the Carian family, Ranni was to become the next queen of the interlands. If she didn’t want to fulfill her destiny, Blaidd would turn into a rampaging beast who would hunt Ranni down.

Iji had locked Blaidd in the Evergaol for this reason, to protect Ranni and Blaidd herself. But after the players handed the Witch the Fingerslayer Blade, it wouldn’t be long before the end came.

Returning to the Three Sisters afterwards, the players find a crazed Blaidd before Ranni’s ascension. The wolf-man can no longer be saved and must be defeated in battle. Once the Tainted are victorious and return to Iji one last time, he declares that he is sorry for the way things have gone. But Iji also says that he will soon follow Blaidd. Teleporting away once afterward and back to the road to the mansion, the players find only Iji’s corpse wrapped in black flames. If they examine the giant’s anvil afterward, they will find Iji’s mirror helmet as well as a bell pendant. Players can return the pendant to the two sisters’ hulls in the Round Table Fortress to buy from them the things that Master Blacksmith Iji sold when he was alive.

What is the Nagakiba from Elden Ring? Weapon, values, properties, location


The Nagakiba is a weapon in the open world role-playing game Elden Ring from the developer studio FromSoftware. It belongs to the katana weapon class and is characterized by a good striking speed. However, the weapon does less damage than, for example, a great axe or a broadsword.

How to find the Nagakiba? Finding, Where to find, Elden Ring

There are three options for players on how to get the Nagakiba. It is required each time that they find Yura, Hunter of the Bloody Fingers. It is located at the beginning near the place of mercy called “Ruins on the Coast”. He is standing by a campfire and is easily recognizable because of his bell-shaped hat.

Players who are very confident in their own abilities can take the shortest route to the Nagakiba and attack Yura directly. After a few hits, the NPC becomes angry and goes on the counterattack. Yura is fast and deals a lot of damage. However, if players manage to defeat him, he drops the Nagakiba as a reward. Players can still choose this option even if they haven’t attacked Yura on first contact.

If players choose to find the katana the slightly longer way, they must ride along Lake Agheel and pass through a small tunnel to the north of the lake. A cave will appear to their left, but they will not be able to enter it. As soon as the players get near the cave, a fog gate appears in front of the entrance and the players are attacked by a red phantom called Bloody Finger Nerijus. Nerijus is fast and causes bleeding with his attacks. It is best to dodge the attacks instead of blocking them. After a few seconds, Yura appears as a phantom and joins the fight.

If the players manage to defeat Nerijus, they can talk to Yura, who tells them about his fight against the Bloody Fingers. Players will now find the NPC in different locations in the interlands and will have to work with him to take down a member of the Bloody Fingers each time. At the end of the quest series, players will receive the Nagakiba as a reward from Yura in the Second Church of Marika on Altus Plateau.

If they haven’t finished the quest series before they meet the NPC Shabiri near the Zamor Ruins, they can only get the katana by killing Shabiri.

What distinguishes the Nagakiba? Values, characteristics

The Nagakiba is a comparatively long katana that can be wielded relatively quickly. To use it, players need a character with a strength value of 18 and a stamina value of 22. At level 1, the katana does 115 points of physical damage and 100 points of critical damage. In addition, a slash with the weapon builds up bleeding at 45 points per hit. The Nagakiba has a weight value of 7 and scales to D with Strength and C with Stamina.

Depending on how players upgrade the Nagakiba, the damage can be increased significantly. For example, a fully upgraded Standard Nagakiba +25 deals 281 points of physical damage and 90 points of standard damage on top of that. On the other hand, if the nagakiba is fully upgraded with the element of flame or magic, it does 214 points of elemental damage and 90 points of standard damage in addition to 214 points of physical damage, respectively. Alternatively, the bleeding upgrade is worthwhile with the katana. The Nagakiba then does 236 points of physical damage and 90 points of standard damage. But each hit with the punch builds up 85 points of bleeding.

The Nagakiba also has the special ability “Piercing Fang.” In the special attack, players with the sword perform a powerful thrust with the katana that cannot be blocked by enemy shields. 16 mana points are consumed per attack.

Who is the Nagakiba suitable for?

The Nagakiba is a good and fast attack weapon, suitable among others for players starting with the samurai class, because the samurai already has increased stamina and a good strength value. It is an early accessible katana with reasonable damage and less weight.

Even later on, the Nagakiba is still quite useful due to its speed and build up of bleed. However, the katana is less suitable for players who want to do a lot of damage with a few strikes. The same is true for players with classes that specialize primarily in magic, because mages usually have much lower levels of stamina or strength compared to intelligence and faith.

Who is Rennala, Queen of the Full Moon (Elden Ring)? Boss, History, Fighting style, Strategy, Lore


Rennala, Queen of the Full Moon is a boss in Elden Ring. Rennala, Queen of the Full Moon is one of the demigods that players must defeat to advance in the story, and can be found in the Academy of Raya Lucaria.

What is Rennala, Queen of the Full Moon’s story? Story, Lore, Elden Ring

A master sorceress and former wife of the Elden Lord Radagon. Rennala can be found in her chambers, where she guards a mysterious amber egg. At the height of her power, Rennala was probably the most powerful sorceress in the world. In the present, she has fallen far behind, but in the second phase of her battle, Ranni aptly demonstrates this by conjuring up an illusion of her mother at her most powerful, and masterfully casting numerous high-level spells against you. This is also demonstrated mechanically, as her memory can be traded for either her glitterstone wand or a spell of her own devising. Both require absolutely insane Int requirements – 60 and 70, respectively – far above what the player can achieve by defeating Rennala herself.

Her armor set strongly suggests that Rennala peaked after Radagon left her for Marika, followed by the Disruption that saw several of her own children go to ruinous war against each other, and the Academy’s rebellion against the Kings. When the player encounters her, she is locked in Raya Lucaria’s great library and seems barely aware of her surroundings. Her attention is solely on her egg as she works to perfect her ritual of rebirth.

Not Rennala herself, but her attempt to learn the art of reincarnation is extremely imperfect. Most of the students she reincarnates come back as babbling idiots who don’t survive long before dying again. The Tainted One first learns of her presence when one tries to bite her foot like an angry toddler. After the stained one defeats Ranni’s illusion of her in the second phase, Rennala herself is left to offer them rebirth and allow them to reassign their values.

Appearance: Rennala, Queen of the Full Moon

She is almost twice as tall as the player. Her headgear is shaped like a crescent moon, manifesting spells transferred from her memory. She increases intelligence when worn, and unlike the Glintstone Crowns, has no drawbacks. Their wide smiles, unfocused eyes, and tendency to crawl rather than walk are reminiscent of severely crippled or degenerate mental patients.

Strengths: Rennala, Queen of the Full Moon

Rennala has only one attack herself, and mostly hovers in a golden sphere maintained by a few mages on the ground – who do most of the fighting by biting, lashing out with their candlesticks, spitting fire, and telekinetically hurling random objects. The player must disperse the sphere by hitting the mages that are casting it, not killing them, but only interrupting their concentration.

Finally, in the second phase, the Rennala Projection starts summoning spiritual helpers to assist her until the player uses up her health or attacks her often enough. She can summon a pack of four wolves, a bloodhound knight, a troll, or even a dragon.

How to defeat Rennala? Elden Ring, Battle

Her battle has two phases, the first of which is more of a puzzle than a fight. Rennala will hover over the player while her minions crawl around on the floor, throwing flying books and fire breath. You have to look around the room and figure out which of her minions is chanting. Then the player must attack that minion to end its song, after which another one begins.

After three of the minions are hit, Rennala’s protective shell will break and she’ll fall to the ground, allowing the player to perform a few attacks before she rises back up into the air. She will release a magical explosion before she rises again. So the player must go back when it is noticeable that she is building up her spell. This process must be repeated until her health bar is depleted, which triggers phase two.

In phase two, Rennala faces the player directly with her entire arsenal of spells. These include:

A magic laser, which she announces by summoning a large magic ball, which then shrinks in her hand before firing directly at the player. It can be dodged by rolling left or right just before she fires.

A barrage of homing crystals that acts like a magic shotgun. You can tell because the tip of their staff becomes spiky. As long as you are not directly in front of them, you can easily dodge them.

A barrage of slower moving homing missiles usually summoned when she dodges the attacks. Just like the homing crystals, you can easily deflect these by simply dodging them or rolling into them before impact.

A powerful magical flash. Just before she releases it, she hovers slightly above the ground. You can ward it off by simply dodging her when the spell arrives.

A magical boomerang of sorts, it flies towards the player and spins around for a few seconds, hitting several times and draining your stamina before flying back to her.

During its signature attack, it floats into the air and wraps itself in a small moon before falling back to the ground. The moon then sinks down and hits the ground, causing a huge explosion. When you see this coming, it’s best to just run away.

The basic strategy is to constantly move. The player should constantly move around them in the middle area, so that there is enough time to react to their spells and attack when a gap opens up. The most punishing spells are the magic laser and the magic lightning. So you should be on the lookout for this one in particular.

When she reaches about half of her health, she starts summoning various ash spirits to help her in battle. These make dodging even more complicated. Next, she will summon a troll, a dragon, an assassin, and wolves. Her summoning animation has a long cooldown, so if you are in position, you should take the opportunity for 2-3 hits.

The reward for defeating them is the memory of the Full Moon Queen and the Great Rune of the Unborn. After the battle, the player returns to the original boss chamber, where you can talk to Rennala to change the appearance and re-specify the character.

Who is Miriel Pastor of Vows? NPC, Quest, Story, History, Lore


Miriel,Pastor of Vows, is an NPC in Elden Ring. Miriel is the administrator of the Church of the Vows. Miriel is a giant creature with the appearance of a turtle. It interacts with the player for the first time when the player arrives at the Church of Vows. Miriel, Pastor of Vows, then welcomes the player and offers to share his knowledge of spells, incantations and Radagon.

What is known about Miriel, Pastor of Vows?

This NPC does not move. Miriel is a giant turtle and the caretaker of the Church of the Vows in Liurna. Miriel, Pastor of Vows, is located in the Church of Vows, a neglected house of worship on the East Island of Liurna of the Lakes. He can teach the player both incantations and spells. The hat Miriel wears is usually referred to as a mitre. It is worn by bishops and abbots in the real world, hence the title “Turtle Pope”.

He’s a pretty friendly turtle who will teach the player pretty much anything he asks, whether it’s considered heresy or not. He also easily forgives the tainted, even if they have attacked him. When attacked, he makes no effort to defend himself, even though he is proficient in a variety of incantations and spells. Even if they continue to attack him (which can go as far as killing him), he only says that the player is certainly persistent. This is then done in a sad tone of voice.

What does Miriel the turtle do for the player?

With Miriel, the player can study spells and incantations and expand their knowledge of Elden Ring lore. Miriel is a great candidate for the player to place all scrolls and prayer books with him, as he does not change location and teaches both spells and incantations. Giving him all 3 scrolls and 7 prayer books and then buying the spells and incantations from him will not trigger any new dialogs.

For which quest is Miriel relevant?

Miriel is not directly relevant to any quest, but can be useful throughout the game. Along the eastern highway in Liurnia, you can find the Church of Vows, where a giant turtle with a hat gives friendly advice and guards the church – where you can sacrifice celestial dew to receive absolution. This returns any NPC that the player has accidentally angered and made hostile to a friendly status. In addition, Miriel can also teach a few spells, and she can be given any books or scrolls, either with spells or incantations.

When players first talk to Miriel in the Church of Vows, he tells a little about the history of the church and a few stories about Rennala, the Queen of the Moon, and Radagon. If you talk to Miriel again after the first conversation, he will be unlocked as a merchant. He will sell both spells and summons to the player, with the option to give scrolls and prayer books to unlock additional purchase options.

What does “Baruch Dayan HaEmet” mean? Meaning, definition, explanation


For thousands of years, Jews have said the blessing “Baruch Dayan HaEmet” (“Blessed be the True Judge”) in response to death and tragedy. The entire blessing with God’s name is as follows: Blessed are You, Lord our God, Ruler of the Universe, the True Judge. In Hebrew it is pronounced: bah-rooch a-tah a-do-noi e-lo-hei-noo me-lech ha-o-lahm da-yan1 ha-e-met. The traditional Jewish response to the news of a death, any death, is “Baruch Dayan HaEmet,” “Blessed be the true judge.”

Reasons for “Baruch Dayan HaEmet”

If there is a ritual formula, you have to say when there is shocking news, you are less likely to say something inappropriate or cruel. Death is solemn, and even if it is expected, it can be a shock. People say unwise things when they are shocked. Having a script for the first moments can be very helpful.

In doing so, one acknowledges that the sum total of that person’s life could not be known. By saying that only God is qualified to do this, it either reinforces the belief that God is the only true judge or that only God can sit in judgment.

A statement of humility (“I cannot judge”) reminds one not to say something inappropriate with the next words.

If the death is tragic or unexplainable, this is a way of saying, “I don’t understand how this could happen,” without starting a conversation about the possibilities. It keeps people away from platitudes that might get in the way of healthy grieving, or other statements that might be unhelpful to those who are grieving.

Origin of “Baruch Dayan HaEmet”

The longer form of blessing first appears in the Mishnah Berachot 9:2 (“Blessed are You, Eternal One, our God, Ruler of the Universe, Who is the True Judge.”). In this Mishnah, it is said that this is a blessing spoken upon receiving bad news. Rabbi Louis Rieser teaches that this is a way to acknowledge the presence of God at a moment of great emotion, when we are most overwhelmed by a loss.

The moment of death is a time when no words will suffice, but we humans are relentless with our words. Through a simple ritual of humility with many possible interpretations, Jewish tradition gives a vessel for words at a time when they can do terrible harm. There is no need to say anything after “Baruch Dayan HaEmet” – after all, it says, “I have no words for this. One stands with the mourner or stand as mourners in the presence of the greatest mystery of life, and with these words one clears the way for the long process of mourning.

Who is Hewg (Elden Ring)? NPC, Quest, Story, History, Lore


Blacksmith Master Hewg is an NPC in the computer game Elden Ring. Master Blacksmith Hewg is the first real blacksmith the player can encounter in Elden Ring. He upgrades armor and weapons beyond +3 level and duplicates Ashes of War for a fee, provided the player has the right materials.

What is known about Hewg? Elden Ring, History, Lore

Master smith Hewg is a prisoner who can be found in the Round Table Fortress. Despite his many differences from the other characters, he is always eager to forge the weapons even stronger. Over time, he has been able to perfect his forging technique. For him, this activity helps to endure his imprisonment.

What does Hewg do for the player?

During the first conversation with Master Blacksmith Hewg, he tells you about a mysterious she who he fears so much that he welcomes being a prisoner of the stained. When you talk to Master Blacksmith Hewg, you have the following options:

One can strengthen his armor, gaining access to the forge screen. The player can select Ashes of War and gain access to the Ashes of War screen. There is an option to duplicate Ashes of War. This gives the player access to the Duplicate Ashes of War screen. The Sell option brings up the Sell screen. There is also the option to call up a dialog with him, where he tells more about himself.

For which quest is Hewg relevant? Elden Ring

First encounter

Master Blacksmith Hewg can be found by entering the eastern corridor of the room where the Tablet of Lost Grace is located. There he can be seen hammering away just outside Fia’s bedchamber. When the player first meets Master Blacksmith Hewg, he will explain to you his situation as a prisoner of the Stained Ones. He offers his services to the player, allowing them to strengthen armor, apply Ashes of War, duplicate Ashes of War, and sell items for runes.

Persuade Hewg to talk to Roderika

Hewg will have an additional dialogue once players have completed Roderika’s quest and persuaded her to return to the Round Table. You must then talk to both Hewg and Roderika to unlock the Spirit Mood option. This allows players to strengthen their spirit ashes for all future battles.

Catch him praying to Queen Marika

Players can also catch Hewg praying to Queen Marika in front of his anvil. He mentions something about a weapon that kills gods, which makes more sense as the game progresses. You can talk to him about the prayer to get more dialogue.

Refusal to leave the Round Table

After players set the Earth Tree on fire, the Round Table fortress also burns down. Hewg’s chains are broken, but he refuses to leave the fortress. Instead, he tells the player that he will continue forging as long as his goal is to slay a god.

Loss of his memories

After defeating Maliketh, Master Blacksmith Hewg seemingly forgets everything that has happened up to that point. If you approach him at the round table, he will wonder who the player is and what happened. Even if Roderika comments on his behavior, both characters remain close by, which means that the player still has access to their services as blacksmith and spirit tuner.

What is Affluenza? Meaning, definition, explanation


Affluenza describes an upbringing and growing up of children and adolescents in a world of material surplus, but emotional underprovision. This means that children and adolescents have all their material desires fulfilled by their parents, but they have not been brought up by their parents and their parents have hardly cared for their emotional needs.

Affluenza in german: Wohlstandsverwahrlosung

The german words for “affluenza” are “affluent neglect” or “wealth neglect”.  In german: “Wohlstandsverwahrlosung“.

The German words show the meaning of the word “affluenza” very precisely: it is about the negative consequences of material abundance and bad or weak upbringing as well as bad emotional education.

Affluenza: No rules, no boundaries, no character

Affluenza is a form of psychological neglect. By this is meant that the personality and character of wealth neglected (young) people has little positive development. These young people have had little to no character-building experiences, such as frustration, deprivation, disappointment, and/or rejection. They are accustomed to having all their desires met and being able to do whatever they want. As a result, their conscience is poorly developed, they have problems with rules, and they have little sense of guilt. They have not learned empathy – that is, compassion for others.

Children who suffer from affluenza grow up with no boundaries, no rules, and few if any values. They can do whatever they want. They don’t care about fines for offenses because there is enough money to pay fines or to hire lawyers to avert the fines or convert them to fines. In a legal system where their parents’ money can buy them off from penalties, those penalties become ineffective.

Children who suffer from Affluenza – and probably don’t even know it – have never had to fight for anything in their lives, struggle or stand up to others. They have grown up with the proverbial golden spoon and in a bubble where they hardly notice poverty and violence.

Emotional needs are unmet

Affluenza children result, from too much material abundance and emotional undersupply. What is meant by this? Children have psychological needs in addition to material needs, such as:

  • Confidence
  • stimulation
  • Understanding
  • appreciation
  • love

In the case of children who suffer from affluenza these needs have been met little or hardly at all by their parents, so that they have not been able to form a secure bond with their parents and experience emotional affection. This is compensated for by luxury, which initially comes from the parents, but later is further pushed by the children. (The luxury is an attempt to fill the emotional void).

Affluenza children are spoiled children

Affluenza usually affects the children of rich parents, but also children who come from the middle class. Their parents do not take care of the upbringing and training of their children’s emotions, but let others do it – if at all. Emotional attention is given to these children by changing caregivers, such as nannies or tutors, who deal with them and deal with them. Through education in boarding schools and elite schools, these children are imprinted on wealth and status symbols. Displaying their wealth is very important to them.

Affluenza children tend to be selfish.

These children fill their inner emptiness with debauchery, shopping, and putting themselves on display. This can lead to psychological disorders such as depression or anxiety.

The blame for affluenza is usually placed on the parents, who desire a child but treat it more like a status symbol and leave its upbringing to others.

What helps against affluenza

This is where parents come in; if they want to prevent their children’s from affluenza, they have several options:

  • Show the child boundaries.
  • Reprimand the child in case of misbehavior and explain what is allowed and what is forbidden.
  • Pointing out to the child that others are not doing as well as he or she is.
    Engaging with the child.
  • Saying no. Parents must have the courage to say “no” to their child as well, and then they need the stamina to endure the protest.
  • Take responsibility; guide children
  • Don’t give in.

Parents who educate their children make sure that those children feel feelings of gratitude, empathy and humility.

About the term affluenza

The term “affluenza” is composed of two words:

  • “Affluence” means prosperity
  • “Influenza” ist an other word for “flu”.

Thus, affluenza refers to a disease state that has arisen due to material prosperity.

Examples of affluenza

  • Graduation parties that escalate
  • Drunk minors racing around in expensive cars
  • Speeding through inner cities in expensive cars
  • Showing off with expensive cars, purchases, jewelry,….

Rich Kids of Instagram

“Rich Kids of Instagram” (RKOI) collects and posts photos of rich kids showing off their wealth and abundance. (The rich kids mostly pre-published the photos themselves via Instagram).

Topics include:

  • Private Jets
  • Laying on a bed of bills
  • Expensive purchases
  • Expensive cars
  • Big houses
  • Large and debauched parties
  • Expensive suites
  • Lots of possessions
  • Expensive gifts
  • Putting yourself on display
Who is Fia (Elden Ring)? NPC, Quest, Story, History, Lore


Fia is an NPC in Elden Ring. Fia is a death attendant who can be found in a small bedroom in the Round Table. She grants the player Baldachin’s Blessing if you let her hold you. Fia can be found in the Round Table Fortress and again later after Fia’s champions have been defeated in the depths of the Root Spires.

Who is Fia (Elden Ring)? History, Background, Lore

Fia is a black-clad woman who lives in the Round Table. She lives in a bedroom not far from Master Hewg and sits next to a lush fire. She is a reserved and infinitely friendly woman. She seems to regard the Round Table and the Golden Order as her followers, as they persecute those who live in death. In particular, D, who apparently stole Godwyn’s Hallowbrand and whom she personally kills to retrieve it. Her signature spell even mentions that it was created specifically to kill the mopes of the Round Table. Even a stricken player who wants to side with her must win her boss fight, as Fia is inherently hostile towards them after showing her true colors.

What does Fia do for the player? Elden Ring

Her embrace gives the player a special consumable that can improve stance, the Blessing of the Canopy. This reduces health by 1 as long as it is in the inventory. After consuming it and the effect ends, the player gets back the 1 lost power. It grants the player canopy’s blessing indefinitely, as long as you don’t already have one in your inventory. You can supposedly come back for more when this consumable runs out.

What quest is Fia relevant to? (Elden Ring)

You first meet Fia in the Round Table, which is essentially the Hunter’s Dream of the Elden Ring. From the main room with the Table of Lost Grace, you go through the door to the right of the guard and then through the door opposite. Fia is sitting on a bed near a large open fire. When you first approach Fia and talk to her, she will ask the player to hold her. If you agree to let Fia hold you, you will receive the item Canopy’s Blessing, a consumable item that temporarily increases charisma. In return, Fia gives the player a slight HP debuff until the item has been used. One can return to her at any time to receive more canopy blessings. If one declines her offer, one will not get the item nor can one start her quest.

Once you meet and hug Fia, you have to find D near the village Summoning Water and defeat the Tibia Marine boss. It’s worth noting that this boss drops the Elden Ring Death Root item, which has nothing to do with this quest, but is valuable nonetheless. You should now be able to find D near the main table of the hold. Now you have to go back to the round table. You now have to continue talking to Fia until she gives the player the weathered dagger and asks that it be returned to the original owner. Now you have to go back to D in the main room and give him the dagger. When you return to the Round Table, you can see that D has been murdered by Fia in the room at the end of the corridor by the blacksmith. Fia will then disappear after making a speech. One must now loot the twin armor and bell camp from D’s corpse.

The player must now make their way to the Divine Tower in Liurnia. To do this, one must use an item obtained during the Eldenring Ranni quest to turn over the Carian Study Hall. Once you gain access to the Divine Tower, the Curse Mark of Death can be looted from the corpse at the top of the tower.

If you go to the optional Eldenring-Siofra River Well area and find D’s brother, you will be given a choice. If one chooses to hand over the twin armor, D’s brother will kill Fia. The player will then eventually get the armor back as well, along with a new Elden Ring weapon.

Next, you’ll need to find your way to the Deep Root Depths in one of two ways. First, you can go through the illusory wall at the very bottom of the Underground Creeping Grounds after defeating Mohg, Lord of Blood. Hit the altar in his room to get past it, then jump down between the sarcophagi sticking out of the wall until you’re in the room with the door. On the right side is the illusion wall. Afterwards you can also reach the cistern in the north via Nokron. There you have to climb into the coffin by the waterfall. Once there, you have to go to the place of mercy in the depths and use the forks to reach the next, higher place. Here, the player must now defeat Fia’s champions. There are three in total, but the third one has two companions to help him. Once they are defeated, Fia will appear. Now you can talk to her and ask her to hold you. You now have to keep talking to her and give her the death curse sign. You should now be able to interact with her to enter the “Dream of the Deathbed”. If this option is not available, one must once again leave the area and return via the Root of Grace.

Once entering the Dream of the Prince of Death, the player will have to face the dragon boss Lichdragon Fortissax. Once this is defeated, the player awakens from the dream. Fia seems to be asleep, but you can loot her for the Death Prince’s healing rune. This is the key item needed to get Fia’s ending, and is used after defeating the final boss.

Once you have obtained the Death Prince’s Healing Rune from Fia, you can leave the area. However, if one has chosen to give the twin armor to D’s brother beforehand, he will appear the next time one returns, standing over Fia’s corpse after killing her. One then only has to rest at the place of mercy and he will disappear. Thus, you will then get the Twin Armor and the Indivisible Greatsword that he left behind.

Who is the Sorceress Sellen from Elden Ring? NPC, Quest, Story, History, Lore


Due to the fact that Elden Ring is the first Souls game with a completely open game world, a huge amount of interesting NPC’s and side quests have made it into the game. Off the actual “main path”, the player is thus offered a lot of exciting and interesting game content to discover on his way through the game.

One of the particularly important side characters in Elden Ring is undoubtedly the “Sorceress Sellen”. She is of greater importance because she is one of the characters that give the player a particularly rewarding series of quests. For what other reasons the Sorceress Sellen plays an important role, and what the associated quest line looks like in detail, can be found out in this article.

Finding the Sorceress Sellen (Elden Ring)

The player first meets Sellen in the Waypoint Ruins, which are located in an underground area of Limgrave. The only thing she has to offer the player at this point is just a few spells available for purchase. The actual search for the Sorceress, however, begins once the player has advanced to both the Altus Plateau and Mount Gelmir. The primeval wizard Azur can be found near this mountain, southwest of the Volcano Manor area. It is best to approach this area from the southwest, walking first along the Altus Plateau and then working his way northwest. And this until he meets the “primeval wizard Azur”. After the player has finished talking to him, the wizard gives him the “Comet Azur Spell”.

The next step is to visit the Sorceress Sellen again at her last location. After the ensuing dialogue with her is completed, she will ask the player to travel with her. Once you accept this offer, she will ask you to find “Master Lusat” so that he can give the player the “Sellian Sealbreaker”. Now head to the northeast of Caelid. Above Sellia, the city of wizards, you can find a small graveyard that is currently being visited by a wizard. Behind it lies an invisible cave whose entrance is blocked by an illusion. In this cave is “Lusat”, the next important NPC for this quest series.

First, the player has to walk through the cave until he comes to a place where the further path leads over gigantic crystals. Although the path gives the impression that the right way would be on the left, it is better to stay on the right – and until a small path with a barrier of magic can be seen. With the use of the Sellian Seal Breaker, this magical barrier can be overcome, clearing the way. On this path you can finally meet Lusat, who gives the player the spell “Stars of Destruction”. Now, for the next part of the quest series, the Sorceress Sellen can be visited again.

The new body of the Sorceress Sellen (Lore)

At her previous location, the Sorceress will then tell the player that Lusat and Azure should be given a proper burial. From this point on, the quest line will only continue once the player has defeated “Star Scourge Radahn” in Caelid. Afterwards, the Sorceress will say at the waypoint ruins that her real body must be found. This can be found on the Peninsula of Lamentations, in the ruins of the Witch’s Coven. In this place, Sellen was apparently tied to a wall, where the player must remove the “original glitter stone” from her body. The next thing to do is to find a new lifeless body for Sellen. And this one is located in the northwest of Liurnia, in the area of the three sisters.

The location of Sellen’s new corpse is marked by a red circle. This place is near Ranni’s Ascent. Once there, several ruins can be found directly, just outside of Ranni’s Ascent. There, however, an underground staircase is blocked by a magical barrier, which in turn can be crossed with the Sellian Sealbreaker. At first, the player only finds a room full of lifeless bodies, which has to be crossed first, until the player comes to another magic wall, which has to be broken open magically in the usual way. Behind this wall is the new body of Sorceress Sellen. Now all that remains is to insert the original glitter stone into it, which will finally bring Sorceress Sellen back to life.

The Witch Hunter

The next quest-relevant person is the “Witch Hunter Jerren”. The player first meets him in Red Mane Castle, where Jerren is overseeing the festival that is currently taking place. After completing all of the aforementioned quest points with Sorceress Sellen, the player can return to the castle, where he finds Jerren sitting on a chair in the north of the castle. In the next dialogue, he states that he has now fulfilled his duty, and consequently can leave Red Mane Castle. Next, Jerren can be found in the witchcraft ruins, where he is carefully examining the corpse of Sellen. The witch hunter then tells the player that Sorceress Sellen poses a great danger and is probably on her way to the Raya Lucaria Academy.

However, it could also be that Jerren is not in the witchcraft ruins. This is the case if the player has spoken to Jerren upon returning to Red Mane Castle before the quest line with the Sorceress Sellen has even progressed. If Jerren is not to be found in the Witch’s Spell Ruins, then he has probably moved on to the Academy. From there, head to the Place of Mercy of the Great Library of Raya Lucaria, where the battle against “Rennala, Queen of the Full Moon” will take place. Outside the library, in front of the door, there are two summoning signs. One is golden, and the other is reddish in color. If you choose the golden sign, you will defend Sorceress Sellen from the Witch Hunter. However, if the decision falls on the red sign, you help Jerren kill Sellen.

What is the Godslayer’s Greatsword (Elden Ring)? Where to find it, How to get it


One of Elden Ring’s “legendary weapons,” the Godslayer’s Greatsword is a colossal greatsword that scales with faith, strength, and agility. Although this Elden Ring weapon is not buried as deep in the game as the Eclipse Shotel, it requires overcoming some tricky platforming and defeating the tough Elden Ring boss to get this weapon. The Godslayer Greatsword is one of the few colossal two-handed swords you can find on your journey. It is not an easy task to get it and requires all your skills. Be prepared to die young.

This is how you’ll get the Godslayer’s Greatsword in Elden Ring.

How to get the Godslayer’s Greatsword? (Elden Ring)

To obtain this greatsword, you must first get to the Divine Tower of Caelid. This tower is located in the central northern part of the Calydus region. It is located next to the map obelisk and is hard to miss due to its enormous height. To enter the tower, you’ll have to use Torrent to jump onto a root that sticks out of the ground. Jump from the root to the next ledge with an enemy and a fire on it. Follow the path upwards and you will find the Grace Place.

After you enter the tower, follow the path down. To do this, you will have to make a series of jumps over various ledges. Once you reach the bottom, you’ll find another grace place. Make sure to rest in it. You will now have to deal with the Godskin Apostle boss. You may have seen this boss as a field boss in Windmill Village. It is much harder to fight in this room. Bring a friend with you if you need to. After defeating the boss, enter the next room and open the chest to get a two-handed sword.

Where to find the Godslayer’s Greatsword in Elden Ring

The Godslayer’s Greatsword is a colossal sword in Elden Ring. It requires 20 Strength and Faith and 22 Dexterity. It deals physical damage and fire damage. To get the weapon, you must defeat the Divine Leather Boss Apostle, located at the base of the Divine Caelid Tower. To enter the Divine Caelid Tower, you’ll have to jump from the root of a tree that extends from the mainland to one of the tower’s ledges. From this ledge you’ll have to park your way to the top, climb ladders and cross ledges.

After you reach the top, rest in grace, turn left and go down the stairs to enter the divine tower. We recommend killing the enemies here, as they will follow you and interrupt your descent into the divine tower. Jump onto the platforms. One of the platforms will collapse, but don’t worry, the fall won’t kill or even hurt you.

After you fall, you can find a ledge below you, jump on it, then on the extinguished torch and again on the next platform in front of you. From here, jump back down and get to a red-maned soldier. You will see a pressure plate that can summon an elevator for you. Use the elevator and turn left from the corridor it will take you to and continue.

The descent pattern is the same as before, but the platforms are easier to spot. Another platform will drop into this section, so don’t worry and just keep going. At the end, you will see another elevator that will take you to the basement of the Caelid Tower Grace. From here it is easy to go to the Godskin Apostle Boss. After defeating the boss, enter the room behind him and open the chest to get the Godslayer’s Great Sword.

Stats / Values: Greatsword of the Godslayer’s Greatsword

The weapon is primarily an agility weapon, as its agility scaling goes from D to C at +2 and finally to B at +10. The strength scaling remains the same, but the faith scaling changes to C at +7. Ashes of War for weapons is Queen’s Black Flame, a swing with Black Flame’s short projectile range and wide swing, perfectly suited for groups and bosses alike.

What does “Hala Madrid” mean in English? Translation and meaning explained


“Hala Madrid” is the anthem of the Real Madrid soccer club. “Hala Madrid” means in english: Forward Madrid or Go Madrid.

Fans shout the battle cry Hala Madrid to cheer on their club. Together with the players of the club, who are called Madridistas, they also sing the anthem together. In addition, “Hala Madrid” is the name of the soccer club’s magazine, which is published every three months.

In social media, fans of the club Real Madrid and interested people use the hashtag #HalaMadrid.

“Hala” is a Spanish interjection that means “oh my goodness” in addition to “go” or “forward”. The term “Hala” is said to have Arabic roots, which date back to the time when the Islamic Moors ruled Spain. “Hala” is a greeting in the Arab world, comparable to “hey”.

By the way: “Real” means “Royal”, so “Real Madrid” means: royal soccer club Madrid.

What does “Hala Madrid y nada más” mean in English? Translation

Not only the saying “Hala Madrid” is common, but also “Hala Madrid y nada más”. It means in English “Forward Madrid and nothing else!”.

Other common sayings are:

  • “Como no te voy a querer” – in English: “How can I not love you”.
  • “si eres campeón de Europa por décima vez” – in English: “Since you are now champions for the tenth time”.

History of “Hala Madrid” – Who wrote the song?

The hyme “Hala Madrid” was written in 1952 by José de Aguilar. During a train ride to Aranjuez-Madrid, José de Aguilar thought of the first lines to Hala Madrid. In the restaurant “La Rana Verde” (English: The Green Frog) he wrote more lines of text on napkins, made notes and wrote down thoughts about the song. Later, the song was sung along by the famous tenor Plácido Domingo, among others.

When Real Madrid turned 100 in 2002, a new version of Hala Madrid was recorded. Together with Plácido Domingo, the Real Madrid players recorded a new version in 2014, called “Hala Madrid Y Nada Mas”. However, it was not released until 2016.

More about Hala Madrid

“Hala Madrid” is a Facebook page with over 50,000 fans, run by Real Madrid fans.

“Hala Madrid” is a song by Juri. Among other things, he raps in the song, “Legend Zizou, yes, hala Madrid” (“Zizou” refers to French soccer player Zinédine Zidane).

“Hala Madrid” is a series about the Spanish soccer club Real Madrid.

What is the Grafted Blade Greatsword (Elden Ring)? Where to find it, How to get it


The Grafted Blade Greatsword is a colossal sword in the Elden Ring. Scaling primarily with Dexterity and Strength, the Grafted Blade Greatsword is a good weapon for ominous battles.

With its heavy stats and unique abilities, this weapon was built to destroy all large beasts and enemies it comes into contact with. This greatsword can only be wielded by a worthy warrior and requires high strength stats before it can be used. The Grafted Blade Greatsword can be obtained from one of the seven bosses that must be defeated before Margit, the Lion-like Beast, in a dungeon that makes for a nice appetizer before Stormveil Castle.

How do you get the Grafted Blade Greatsword?

You can get the Grafted Blade Greatsword by defeating the Lion-like Beast boss in Morne Castle on the Weeping Peninsula. To find it you must first reach Castle Morne, located at the southernmost tip of the Weeping Peninsula, a small area south of Limgrave. It is relatively easy to bypass the castle’s ballista defenses by keeping to the right as you approach on horseback. The dungeon itself is simple in design. After taking the elevator up from the entrance, you encounter a large mass of enemies on the right. After that, you get to the back of the courtyard. There is a ladder on the right that leads up to the castle ramparts.

You can only go south there from the top of the ladder. If you go in this direction you have to watch out for flying Misbegottens. At the fork, the right path leads down to a place of grace and the relatively straight path to the boss. The left path leads to Edgar, Irinia’s father and part of her side quest. You should talk to him if you already have the Grafted Blade Greatsword with you to progress in this adventure. The boss area for the Lion-like Beast is on the right side. He’s a fast and aggressive opponent, but only a moderately difficult Eldenring boss. Defeat him and he leaves the Grafted Blade Greatsword for the player.

What can the Grafted Blade Greatsword do?

The Grafted Blade Greatsword is one of the “legendary weapons” of the game. It is also known as the legendary sword of Castle Morne. It is the weapon of an avenger, burdened with oceans of anger and regret. The Grafted Blade Greatsword has the weapon skill: Oath of Vengeance. One swears an oath on the Greatsword to avenge the clan, temporarily increasing all attributes for a certain duration. As long as the oath is active, the stance is also increased. Oath of Vengeance skill has a duration of 30 seconds. This weapon cannot be imbued with Ashes of War. The Grafted Blade Greatsword can be upgraded with the stones of Gloomy Blacksmithing. Despite its name, this is the same sword that Irina’s father told you about. The Grafted Blade Greatsword is an excellent Eldenring weapon to get a strength build through the early game. However, you should keep in mind that it has some high stats requirements.

Who is Bernahl (Elden Ring)? NPC, Quest, Story, Lore


Knight Bernahl (later known as Recusant Bernahl) is an NPC in Elden Ring. Bernahl is a tainted knight who is first found in the War Master’s hut in the center of Stormhill. He serves as an Ashes of War merchant, selling various ashes in exchange for runes. He is also involved in certain quest lines and changes locations frequently.

What is known about Bernahl? Elden Ring, Lore

Knight Bernahl can be found in various places, depending on the player’s progress. Bernahl can first be found in the War Master’s hut in Stormhill.

After the player pledges allegiance to the Manor of Vulcan, Bernahl will move into the Manor and henceforth be known as Recusant Bernahl. In Crumbling Farum Azula, the player will be attacked by the Renegade Bernahl after passing the Place of Mercy next to the Great Bridge.

Bernahl wields a two-handed sword in the War Master’s hut. At Volcano Manor, he switches to a greathammer with a rather fitting serpent motif. After leaving the manor following Rykard’s defeat, he leaves behind the Zweihander, which you can interact with to gain access to his store.

What does Bernahl do for the player?

If you walk east along a dirt road from the Storm Hill Lodge, you will find the War Master’s hut in a wooded area towards East Limgrave. There, Knight Bernahl sells various types of war ash that you can equip with all sorts of weapons, and you can also swap them out when you find new weapons. When you return to the cottage at night after visiting Stormveil Castle, Bernahl may have disappeared and a very dangerous Bell Bearing Hunter may appear in his place.

After you complete the second assassination in the Volcano Manor questline and talk to Bernahl, he hands the player the letter to Knight Bernahl, in which he names two assassination targets to take out together. When you return to the player’s world after helping Bernahl with his invasion, you will be rewarded with the Raging Wolf set. Knight Bernahl will reward the player with the Gelmir’s Wrath spell after reporting to him in the volcano castle. You should make sure that you have completed Bernahl’s quest as well as the rest of the quests in the Volcano Castle before defeating Rykard, as these NPCs will disappear from the Volcano Castle afterwards.

Bernahl will enter Crumbling Farum Azula. The player must go from the big bridge towards the dragon temple in the north. After that, head into the temple and make his way to the eastern lone tower. He will enter through the door and drop his armor set, the Devourer’s Scepter and the usable item Blasphemous Claw.

For which quest is Bernahl relevant? Elden Ring

First Meeting – War Master’s Hut

To begin his quest, you must first find Knight Bernahl at the War Master’s Hut in the Stormhill region of Limgrave. The way to the hut is quite dangerous, as you have to take the main road from the gate ruins through the Stormgate, avoiding the troll and numerous soldiers. As if that wasn’t enough, you also have to cross a dense forest shrouded in a thick fog and teeming with wolves, some of which fall out of the trees. The howling will follow the player all the way. To find Knight Bernahl, all you have to do is go to the hut. There Bernahl will ask the player if his faith is still strong. If you answer in the affirmative, you will gain access to his store for war ashes.

Second meeting – Bernahl the revenant

If you advance further into the Altus Plateau, you will eventually reach the volcanic estate in Mt. Gelmir. There you meet Tanith, and if you agree to join the Recusants, she hands over the Drawing Room Key, which can be used to open the rooms in the western corridor. There you will find Rya, a man in armor and Diallos. On the table you will also find the first assassination contract. If you complete it and then return to Tanith, she will issue a second one, which will also be on the table. If you approach the man in armor after the first contract is done, he will reveal himself to be Recusant Bernahl, the same knight you encountered in Limgrave. You should make sure that you have carried out your dialogue to the end, so that you can then carry out the second assassination mission. This time, after receiving the reward from Tanith, the player must talk to Bernahl. The latter will deliver a letter to Bernhal asking if you can help him with the orders.

Who is Nepheli Loux (Elden Ring)? NPC, Quest, Story, Lore


Nephelie Loux is an NPC from Elden Ring, the open world role-playing game from FromSoftware. She is a warrior who has the mission of serving the greater will and has a strong sense of justice.

The First Encounter with Nephelie Loux (Elden Ring)

Nephelie Loux is one of the characters that players can find in Elden Ring. However, unlike other NPCs, it is almost impossible to miss her. When players explore the first Legacy dungeon, Storm Veil Castle, they will find an elevator outside the heavily guarded courtyard that serves as a link to a place of grace on the upper floor. Once players have fought their way through the courtyard, there is a small room to the east where the warrior can be found.

At first, she is skeptical of the stained. However, she realizes that both the players and Nephelie Loux have the same goal. Both want to hunt down Godrick, the Grafted, who rules over Castle Storm Veil. The warrior offers her help to the players.

Afterwards, when you return to the golden mist gate near the Secluded Cell, there is a summoning sign on the ground. With this sign, Nephelie Loux can be summoned to fight Godrick with the players. If the players win the battle, they will next find Nephelie Loux in the round table fortress. She is located across from a small library where Gideon Ofnir can be found. When the players talk to Nephelie Loux, the warrior gives them the Arsenal Pendant, which increases the maximum carrying power, as a token of appreciation.

She also reveals to the players that Gideon Ofnir is not only one of the oldest remaining inhabitants of the Round Table Fortress. He is also her adoptive father and has charged her with restoring the influence of the Greater Will in the interlands.

Meeting Nephelie Loux (Elden Ring) Again

When players arrive in Laskyar during their adventure, they will find a rugged path leading up the dark cliffs in the western part of the region near a poison lake. There are corpses hanging everywhere and mourning residents can be seen kneeling and weeping in front of the corpses. Unfortunately, the remaining inhabitants of the Albinaurian village are hostile and attack the players.

However, if you can make your way through the enemies, you’ll find Nephelie Loux again at a campfire. The warrior is completely devastated by the sight of the atrocities in the village. She vows to find out who is responsible and then bring the person to justice.

Searching the village further, the players come across an omen killer accompanied by a group of dogs. Nephelie Loux can be summoned to fight this boss. If the players speak to the warrior again after defeating the Omenkiller, she says that she will return to the Round Table Fortress.

The next time players approach Nephelie Loux in the Round Table Fortress, she appears broken and completely lacking in motivation. If you then return to Gideon Ofnir, you learn that he was the one who sent the Omenkiller to the Albinaurians’ Dort to wipe out their impure bloodline. Also, Gideon tells us that he dismissed Nephelie Loux from his service because she went against his orders and killed the Omenkiller, which explains her disillusioned state.

If the players have already found the ashes of the Storm Eagle King at this point, they can give the ashes to Nephelie Loux to cheer her up a bit. The warrior says that the smell of the ashes reminds her of her first eagle.

The Fate of Nephelie Loux

There are two possible options to bring Nephelie Loux’s quest line to an end. If the players have already met the scholar Seluvis at the Three Sisters and received his potion, they can fulfill the wizard’s order and give the liquid to Nephelie. The warrior will drink the potion and then disappear from the round table fortress. She can be found afterwards in Seluvi’s rise, where she sits as a lifeless doll in a corner. As a reward, the wizard sells the player a summoner’s ash of Nephelie Loux.

However, you can also talk to Gideon Ofnir. Even after disowning his daughter, he does not want to let her become an experiment of Seluvis. He offers to destroy the potion for the players.

If you don’t give Nephelie Loux the potion, you can bring about a different end to her quest line. To do this, however, you must have already met Kenneth Haight in eastern Limgrave and helped him liberate Haight Fortress. If you talk to Kenneth afterwards, he explains that he wants to set out to find a new ruler for the land.

Afterwards, when the players return to the throne room in Storm Veil Castle, before which the battle against Godrick the Grafted took place, they find Kenneth Haight and Nephelie Loux in the throne room. Kenneth has chosen Nephelie Loux as the new ruler and she thanks the players with an Ancient Dragon Forge Stone. This stone can be used to upgrade weapons and armor to +25 and is extremely valuable because there are very few of them in the entire game.

Who is the White-Faced Varre (Elden Ring)? NPC, Quest, Story, Lore


The White-Faced Varre is an NPC that players encounter very early in the open world role-playing game Elden Ring by FromSoftware. The man with the white mask offers himself to the players as a kind of tourist guide and directs them in the direction of the first Legacy dungeon.

Where do you find the White-Faced Varre first? Elden Ring

The first encounter with the White-Faced Varre is nearly impossible to miss. When players come out of the tutorial area and finally enter the interlands for the first time after an elevator ride, they see a place of grace a few meters ahead of them. It is also referred to as “The First Step” on the map. If the players run up to the light, a lanky figure stands directly behind the place of grace. His clothing resembles a monk’s cowl, but his face hides the person behind a white, expressionless mask.

When the players approach the White-Faced Varre, he realizes rather quickly that although they are stained people who have been cast out by the demigods, they are missing one important little thing. They don’t have a maiden to guide them or to give them access to the round table fortress.

The White-Faced Varre therefore agrees to help the players at least a little with advice. The players learn from him that some places of grace emit a faint glow of light that points in certain directions. This guide of mercy serves as a guide line to help the stained find their way to the bearers of the ring shards. In addition, the White-Faced Varre points out that there may be someone in Storm Veil Castle who possesses such a shard.

Reunion with the White-Faced Varre

After the players make their way to Storm Veil Castle and defeat Godfrick the Grafted, they receive his Shard of the Elden Ring. With this, the players are granted an audience with the Two Fingers in the Round Table Stronghold and learn what the Greater Will has to say to them.

If, after this audience, the players return to the place of grace where the White-Faced Varre was previously found, he has disappeared. The players can find the figure a little later in Liurnia at the so-called Rose Church. The place is located on a small plateau southwest of Raya Lucaria. The White-Faced Varre stands directly in front of the church.

If the players approach him, the character asks them what they think of the Two Fingers. When the players reply that they are uncomfortable with the descendants of the Greater Will, the White-Faced Varre explains that he suspects the Two Fingers may have been corrupted. He wants the players to turn away from the Greater Will.

The players receive a festering, bloody finger from the White-Faced Varre. With this item, they are able to enter the worlds of other teammates as a phantom and attack them. Once the players have used the finger three times, they can return to the White-Faced Varre. The man in the white mask then reveals that he serves another lord, namely Mogh, the Lord of Blood. The White-Faced Varre offers the players to become a Knight of Mogh as well. To do so, however, they must first take the Lord of Blood’s favor.

The players are instructed to dip the favor into the blood of a maiden. The White-Faced Varre explains that in the ritual, a stained one should normally kill his own maiden. However, because the players do not have a maiden of their own, they are sent to find the remains of a maiden somewhere in the world and bathe the favor of the Lord of Blood in it. If the players succeed and return to White-Faced Varre, he awards them the Medal of the Pure-Blooded Knight.

The End of the White-Faced Varre (Elden Ring)

If players activate the Medal of the Pureblood Knight, they can teleport directly to the Mohgwyn Palace. In this area, where Mogh, Lord of Blood lives, players will find a room at the midpoint in the Mohgwyn Dynasty Mausoleum where a red summoner’s mark lies on the floor. By examining the sign, they can enter the world of the White-Faced Varre and fight him. Upon victory, players will receive a rune bow and also a weapon called Varre’s Bouquet. This is a slashing weapon similar to a hammer that looks like a bouquet of flowers.

Players also have the option to kill the White-Faced Varre right at the very first encounter. However, they will only receive 500 runes for this. The quest line will then no longer be available to them because the White-Faced Varre is one of the few NPCs that cannot be revived by an offering in the Church of Vows.

What are Russian customs and traditions? Meaning, definition, explanation


Russian customs and habits are sometimes very different in individual parts of the huge state. However, there are also uniform rules for the whole country with all its contrasts – the big, pompous palaces, the small poor huts, the steppes, beaches and mountains.

Russian customs: strict separation between public and private space

Russians often appear harsh, closed and cool to strangers. This mentality is explained by their strict separation between their public and private space. However, if you get to know them better, you will notice their warm and welcoming nature. In principle, they attach great importance to hospitality. Whoever is invited by them should never refuse. If a meal should then be arranged, this turns out very luxuriantly. Also the alcohol flows in the rules in streams.

The first rule that foreigners in Russia should know is how to address each other. Russian names consist of the three elements of first name, patronymic and last name. Usually a person is addressed by his or her first and patronymic. Thus, the politician Mikhail Sergeyevich Gorbachev is not called “Mr. Gorbachev” in Russia, but “Mikhail Sergeyevich”. A greeting takes place as in Central Europe by handshake, however only among the men. Women, on the other hand, merely greet with a smile when they meet an unfamiliar or less familiar person. Only in the close circle of family and friends it becomes then very cordial: Both men and women greet each other with cheek kisses and hugs. When invited into a Russian home, this greeting (of any kind) must never take place over the doorstep because, according to Russian belief, this would bring bad luck into the house.

Another superstition is that whistling is not allowed in apartments because it brings money problems into the house. Now let’s return to the difference between public and private space. This could hardly be greater, because in public Russians appear consistently aloof, while in private they are effusively cordial and emotional. Their physical distance from each other is smaller than ours, and people often touch each other during conversation.

Russian everyday gestures

As in any culture, there are small everyday gestures in Russia, the knowledge and observance of which undoubtedly promote friendship. They include these:

  • Blowing one’s nose in public or even near other people is considered an absolute taboo. We don’t like this in Germany either, but in Russia it is a real no-go.
  • Towards women, the greatest politeness is required. You hold the door open for them (as you do here) and take their coats, but that’s not all: gentlemen are also allowed to be very charming towards the ladies, but they should never cross the line into salaciousness.
  • Same-sex couples should not come out in public. The Russians are more illiberal in this respect than the Catholic Church. Gay “propaganda” towards children and young people (in our sense, actually: sex education) is even punishable by law.
  • In case of invitations to a house, the invited person should definitely bring a small gift. Here the gesture is sufficient. Among other things, sweets and flowers are very popular. The latter may be only in no case yellow roses, because these stand for infidelity. In addition, the number of flowers must necessarily be odd, because an even number is given away in Russia only in case of mourning.
  • The own street shoes remain in front of the door when inviting to an apartment. The hosts then offer guest slippers.
  • Everyone is free to help themselves to the set table. Too much restraint is interpreted as impoliteness. Even asking whether one may take something else is frowned upon.
  • As mentioned before, alcohol (mostly vodka) is simply part of a Russian meal. If you really can’t or don’t want to drink, you have to refer to health problems, which are accepted.

The Russian Restaurant

Russian cuisine offers delicious and hearty dishes, which are also explained by the sometimes extreme climate of the country, which demands a lot of calories. These include borsch (a hearty stew, very spicy and with beet), pelmeni (something like Russian tortelloni or Maultaschen) and blini (small, either sweet or savory egg cakes).

Russian eggs are filled with a hearty marinade made from the yolk, and pirogi are dumplings with potatoes. Salat Olivier is a special Russian potato salad, and vatrushki are quark pockets. The seasoning is always strong and whets the appetite for more. Accompanied by alcohol, Russian food stimulates sociability, which is why in a Russian restaurant you are easily placed with other guests, which is rather unusual in our country. Immediately, stimulating conversations arise. However, their content should exclude politics. This has been the standard in Russia for over 100 years.

Even a foreigner who has nothing to fear from critical remarks would have to reckon with extreme alienation among the interlocutors and would thus inevitably destroy the mood. Foreigners should not be deceived by the fact that Russians, like everyone else in the world, rail against their government. However, they never rant about the really sensitive issues such as wars or political resistance, but at best about prices, the metro timetable or similar trivialities. At the end of a restaurant visit, there are often reciprocal invitations, which must be handled tactfully (optional acceptance of individual bill components). The usual tip for the staff is 10%.

Typical souvenirs from Russia

The two most famous souvenirs are the matryoshkas and the Fabergé eggs. The matryoshkas are small, very beautifully painted wooden dolls, which can be inserted into each other, which is a symbol of fertility for generations (in each doll there is the potential for more offspring). The Fabergé eggs are replicas of a famous series of 52 eggs created by the artist Peter Carl Fabergé between 1885 and 1917, commissioned by the Russian imperial family. In addition, there were four commissioned eggs and seven goblet eggs made by imitators. Today, the eggs are exhibited in museums all over the world. Their replicas are considered as typical souvenirs as the matryoshkas. Painted wooden vessels are also a popular souvenir from Russia. The most famous painting technique is chochloma with floral patterns painted exclusively in red or black on a golden background.

Russian holidays

  • January 1 to 5: New Year’s Festival
  • January 7: Christmas
  • March 8: Women’s Day
  • May 9: Liberation Day (victory in World War II)
  • June 12: Russia’s independence since 1990
  • November 4: since 1612 (liberation of Poland-Lithuania) Unification Day

The dates for Christmas and New Year’s Day result from the fact that the Russian Orthodox Church still adheres to the older Julian calendar, at least for holidays.

Russian Culture

Russian culture has produced some of the greatest achievements in world cultural history, if we think of Pushkin, Tolstoy, Tchaikovsky, the Bolshoi Theater and other protagonists. Many Russian performers (instrumentalists, singers, ballet dancers) were and are world stars.

Russian folk music seems melancholic because it uses many minor keys, but composers like Tchaikovsky, Rimsky-Korsakov and Rachmaninov were harmonic and melodic revolutionaries. Russians love and admire their artists very much, and for a foreigner any criticism of them is forbidden, and most of the time it is superfluous. It is also superfluous to mention that these cultural achievements cannot be damaged by any kind of dictatorship or aggression that has always emanated from Russian soil.

We Germans can sing a song about it: We have Goethe, Schiller, Bach and Wagner, but also Hitler. But artists cannot help dictators who come on the scene centuries later and may even misuse culture for their own purposes. A cultural task of the 21st century will be to emphasize this aspect and therefore currently (March 2022) not to ostracize Russian culture.

What are the Infinity stones (Marvel)? Meaning, color, power, properties


The Infinity Stones are six immensely powerful gem-like objects associated with various aspects of the universe, created from six singularities by the Big Bang.

What power do the Infinity stones have? Explanation

Because the Infinity Stones represent all necessary aspects of existence, they have absolute control over the fabric of reality they represent, and from this they derive extremely powerful abilities to use, and are the most powerful artifacts in the known universe. Their power maintains the stability of the universe, meaning that if they were removed from their reality, it would have catastrophic consequences for time. Thor describes the Infinity Stones as the greatest power in the universe and “unparalleled” in their destructive power. The stones are virtually indestructible due to their immense power. The energy derived from the stones has been shown to be able to give superhuman strength.

The power of the Time Stone could render even a phenomenally powerful cosmic being of the caliber of Dormammus incapable of doing anything about it. The power of the Reality Stone can affect the entire universe. The Space Stone was believed to be capable of channeling energy sufficient to destroy a planet, while the Power Stone is capable of destroying worlds and dimensions simply by having its energy come into contact with their surface.

Boosted by the Power Stone, the Dark Aster could easily breach the considerable defenses that surrounded Xandar, so much so that Irani Rael declared a state of emergency when she learned that Ronan possessed the stone. One of the greatest feats of power ever accomplished through the use of the Infinity Stones was their ability to turn living beings into dust. When all six stones are brought together and channeled properly, they make their bearer virtually omnipotent and can affect the universe in almost any way he chooses, which Thanos demonstrated when he killed half of all life in the universe with a simple snap of his fingers. Likewise, the Infinity Stones were the only way to resurrect all those who had been decimated by Thanos. Furthermore, the combined power of all the Infinity Stones could even destroy the universe and recreate it in the image of the owner.

The Soul Stone was located in Vormir and held a special place in the line of Infinity Stones. In order to use the Soul Stone, the Soul Stone required that the one who wished to use it must first sacrifice someone they love to ensure that the one seeking the Soul Stone truly understood its power. The Soul Stone can manipulate the spiritual essence of living or deceased beings, making it one of the most dangerous Infinity Stones.

What does the color of the Infinity stones mean? Meaning

1. Space Stone (blue) Infinity stone

Named after its cube-shaped appearance, the Tesseract is capable of controlling space itself, giving the user instant access to anywhere in the universe if used correctly. The unique element that makes up the Tesseract has also been used by races such as humans to create advanced weapons. This stone played an important role in the development of humanity at the beginning of the superhero era and attracted the attention of powers like Red Skull and Thanos, both of whom tried to use the power of the Tesseract for their own sinister purposes. It later turns out that the Cube is a container built around the actual Infinity Stone so that it can be handled and controlled somewhat safely. Despite this protection, touching the tesseract with bare hands can have dire consequences.

2nd Mind Stone (yellow) Infinity Stone

The Scepter was a weapon that utilized the yellow Mind Stone, which was housed in a blue computer module that also concealed the presence of the stone. Stark originally saw the stone as an energy source, but when J.A.R.V.I.S. had the opportunity to study the stone, he found that it was more like a very powerful computer. It gives the user powerful mental abilities, such as the power to subjugate the minds of others and bend them to the will of the user, as well as projecting the user’s consciousness to a higher plane of existence. The stone was also said to greatly increase the intelligence of those who could use it, as evidenced by the cases of Loki and Wolfgang von Strucker. Other abilities such as mind control, astral and energy projection, and telepathic and telekinetic powers were also discovered.

3rd Reality Stone (red) Infinity Stone

Aether appears as a dark, red, viscous liquid. It acts as a symbiotic force that can be absorbed into the body of a living host, giving the user the ability to distort reality at will, giving that person immense strength, durability, power, and subjective influence over the universe. Later, it is revealed that the Aether is actually an Infinity Stone that exists in liquid form, and in Thor’s vision, this liquid solidifies into the red Reality Stone. The Aether is given to the Collector by Thor’s companions Sif and Volstagg, and later seized by Thanos, who solidifies it into the Reality Stone and incorporates it into his Infinity Gauntlet.

4th Stone of Power (purple) Infinity Stone

The Stone of Power is an incredible energy source that increases the user’s physical abilities and allows him to manipulate energy that, when fully used, has enough power to destroy an entire planet.

5th Time Stone (green) Infinity Stone

When used by someone with the necessary knowledge and skill, it seems to be able to control the flow of time, whether on a small or large scale, especially to return something to a previous state, speed up time to make changes that have not yet taken place, or to hold it in a time loop so that its state is reset until the user stops the effect. Skilled wizards, or perhaps users of dark dimension powers, could escape the stone’s effects to some degree, stopping the time reversal from affecting you, or finding that you were trapped in a time loop.

6. soul stone (orange) infinity stone

The Soul Stone is possibly the most dangerous of all the Infinity Stones and holds a special place among the other stones. In its shrine on Vormir, the stone has intentionally imposed a test on those who wish to claim it – only the sacrifice of a loved one to the stone would allow someone to use it. Sacrifices to the stone are permanent and irreversible, as not even the near-omnipotent combination of the Six Stones can revive them. The Soul Stone has the ability to manipulate the soul, the essence that makes up an individual, and is able to resurrect and summon the spiritual representation of the deceased.

What is the “Russian soul”? Meaning, definition, explanation


Especially in the conflicts between Europe, the United States and Russia, many commentators and reporters repeatedly refer to the Russian soul. The phrase is used as a collective term, attributing various supposed characteristics of Russians, but also of former citizens of countries from the Soviet Union. According to the people who use this term, people in Eastern Europe, but especially in Russia, can be said to have a heightened melancholy, a certain capacity for suffering, and a very unique way of life. While the legendary Russian soul has been invoked in many quotes and books, the term sometimes has quite different meanings.

The origin of the concept of the Russian soul: meaning, explanation

Today, it is difficult to trace exactly how the term originated. It can be assumed that it was mainly the famous Russian literature of the 19th and early 20th centuries that made the “Russian soul” known to the Western world. Authors such as Pushkin, Dostoevsky and Tolstoy endeavored to define the Russian soul as a concept in their stories and used very different approaches to do so. It is said to have been Pushkin who first spoke concretely of the phrase Russian soul in his poems.

After the golden age of Russian literature, this peculiarity of Russians was forgotten in the turmoil of the First and Second World Wars, and the term was rediscovered especially with the end of the Soviet Union. When people finally had the opportunity to discover the different peculiarities of Russia with their own eyes, they also realized again that at the easternmost edge of Europe there is a country with people who naturally bring with them their very own traditions and sensitivities. Since then, the concept of the Russian soul has been a discourse not only in culture, but also in geopolitics.

The definition of the Russian soul

In general, it can be said that there is not one definition of this concept. In the course of time, people from Russia have always been attributed different typical characteristics – sometimes in an extremely positive sense but also as a negative stereotype that associates an entire people with certain negative qualities. Also, the concept of the Russian soul has changed a lot over the centuries and especially in the last decades. Thus, it cannot be said that there is a very specific definition of this particular description.

The core of the definition goes back to the long history of the Russian Empire. Russia has been an important country in Europe since the Middle Ages and has changed a lot over the centuries, especially in its borders. The founding history of the Russian Empire should also be taken into account when searching for the Russian soul. When the state came into being in its original form, it was a militarily enforced union of the most diverse regions of Europe and Asia, which usually came along with their very own peoples and cultures and at the beginning had only extremely few things to do with each other.

The Russian empire may have grown together in the following centuries, its own cultures and traditions developed, but to this day Russia is a vast country with a wide variety of people and origins, who do not always all see themselves as Russians. Nevertheless, the blows of history are said to have ensured the emergence of a common feeling that is evident in the Russian soul today.

What are the qualities associated with the Russian soul?

Over time, observers have associated the Russian soul with various traits and, of course, have had their own intentions in mind. For example, there are the clichés that Russians are particularly hypothermic and that they would not trust anyone outside their own borders because they have been betrayed too many times. Others relate the term primarily to the often praised hospitality and warmth that emanates from many Russian people. At first distant on the outside, but as soon as one is part of the inner circle, almost gifted with exuberant warmth and kindness of heart – this is how many people who have their roots in Russia still describe it today.

If one takes all reports together, then the Russian soul can be described with certainty with the warmth of the Russians, with which they meet their fellow men. But also with a certain tendency to superstition, a close attachment to traditions and a certain skepticism towards change and transformation, because for many Russians this was usually accompanied by negative times. A certain tendency to excess and a problem with not thinking and acting in superlatives also seem to be part of it.

If one takes a look at the original descriptions of the Russian soul, as described by authors such as Tolstoy, then one must also look at the Russians’ capacity for suffering. Influenced by the many changes of the last centuries, the Russian soul is said to be particularly strong and tough, but at the same time it has developed a tendency to brutality. It is melancholy on some days and almost exuberant at other moments.

In the end, it must probably be noted that people in Russia are as different as in any country. They differ from north to south and from west to east. Traditions play an important role here, but they are usually mainly the part of a region and not of a whole country. Therefore, it is probably difficult to actually describe the mysterious Russian soul or to capture it in certain character traits. It is above all a philosophical concept that will probably remain a mystery forever and is interpreted differently by every Russian and by every foreigner.

Who is Iron Fist Alexander (Elden Ring)? NPC, Quest, Story, Lore


In the meantime, the introduction of strange or abstract characters has become a permanent feature for the game developer “From Software”. Both in the well-known “Souls games” and in their offshoots (like “Bloodborne” or “Sekiro”), the player regularly encounters lots of NPCs that are designed in such an unusual and bizarre way that you will probably not find similar figures in any other video game.

And the latest offshoot of the Soulslike games “Elden Ring” is no exception. In this open-world game, too, you’ll regularly make the acquaintance of creatures whose external appearance is almost absurd. One of these characters is “Iron Fist Alexander”. What this NPC is all about and what role this character plays in Elden Ring can be found out in this article.

Who is Iron Fist Alexander? Elden Ring, Lore, Story

Iron Fist Alexander is one of the characters in Elden Ring that can be encountered at several points in the interlands. As soon as he is approached, he asks the player to get him out of his awkward position, since Alexander is stuck in the ground at that point. After the player pulls him out of the ground again, you also get a complete look at Alexander for the first time. In fact, this NPC is a huge pot, which is also equipped with two large arms. Alexander does not have a face. His mission in the interlands is to learn the art of war.

Where can you find Iron Fist Alexander?

As explained earlier, Iron Fist Alexander can be found in several places in the intermediate stores.

1st Meeting

The first time you meet him is in the Northern Storm Hills – near the Place of Mercy, which is close to Saintsbridge. Near this place, you can clearly hear the voice of Alexander, who is calling out loudly for help due to his predicament. To free him, the player just has to hit Alexander’s back a few times with any weapon. After a few hits, he finally gets up, and expresses his deepest gratitude to the player with a “sublime flesh”. Following this, the pot tells the player that he is now about to embark on a journey to Caelid to attend the festival hosted by General Radahn.

2nd meeting

The second time Alexander can be found very close to the Gael tunnel. This tunnel is located on the border between Limgrave and Caelid. To find Alexander there, a certain door in the tunnel must be opened, behind which the giant living pot is located. Once the player has talked to it, the pot will make an appearance at the festival at Red Mane Castle.

3rd meeting

At these festivities at the castle, Alexander can be found and talked to for the third time in the course of the game. Once the player has defeated the “Star Vulture Rahdan”, Alexander can be found again in Liurnia.

4th meeting

For the fourth time, the player meets Alexander when he is in Liurnia, south of Carin’s Teaching Hall. South of the place of mercy located there (at the artist’s hut) Alexander can be found stuck in the ground one more time. To free him this time, however, it’s not enough to simply bang Alexander’s back a few times. First, the player must make a pot of oil. The following items are needed for this:

  • 1x Nomadic Warrior’s Cookbook [17]
  • 1x Cracked pot
  • 1x Molten Mushroom

Once the pot of oil is made with these items, Alexander can be freed with it one more time.

5th meeting

The fifth meeting between Alexander and the player takes place near Mount Gelmir, which is located at a lava lake, which in turn is south of Ford Laiedd. After the player has again exchanged a few words with the big pot, the latter hands over a helmet to the player. After that, the sixth and final part of the Alexander quest series can finally be started.

6th Meeting

Once the player has defeated all the bosses that can be found on the mountain peaks of the giants, he will reach Farum Azula (relatively late in the game). At the place of mercy, which is located very close to the dragon temple, a dragon must then be defeated. The mist that separates the player from the boss fight there can be crossed by using a stone sword key.

Once the dragon is defeated, Alexander can be encountered for the sixth and final time in the game. He is located in the northwestern area of the temple near an elevator. As soon as the player approaches him there, he challenges the latter to an honorable duel. After defeating the talking pot, you get Alexander’s entrails as a reward, as well as Alexander’s shard.

This shard is a talisman that increases the damage dealt to the player by 15 percent. As for Alexander’s entrails, they can be exchanged for another talisman – in Jarburg, at the NPC “Jair Bairn”. After completing another quest line, he will give the player a talisman in exchange for Alexander’s guts, which will increase the damage done by any pots thrown.

Who is Blaidd (Elden Ring)? NPC, Quest, History, Lore


Blaidd is an NPC that players can encounter in the open world role-playing game Elden Ring by FromSoftware. The half-wolf is a skilled sword warrior and is on a quest to find the city of Nokron for his mistress, Ranni the Witch.

How to find Blaidd in Elden Ring?

When players reach the so-called Misty Forest in eastern Limgrave, they hear an eerie wolf howl from afar. It always seems to come from the same direction, and depending on which direction the players are moving, it is sometimes a little quieter and sometimes a little louder. Because wolves occasionally howl in other places in the interlands, many players don’t pay much attention to the sound and continue riding instead.

However, if you follow the howling, you will eventually come across some ruins near which large rune bears roam. One of these bears even sleeps in the ruins themselves. If the players stay near the ruins for a while, they hear the wolf howl quite loudly, but without seeing a wolf. Only if they look up, they can spot a figure sitting on one of the ruins. However, they have no direct way to get the figure down there, or to talk to it.

If the players return to the merchant Kale, who can be found in the church of Elleh, they can ask the merchant about the Howling in the Cloud Forest. If they haven’t found the ruins themselves by then, the merchant will also tell the players what to look for if they want to get to the bottom of the howling. The merchant also explains that the howler is someone named Blaidd. The players are given a finger snapping gesture from Kale.

If the players then return to the ruins in the Misty Woods and perform the finger snap gesture just below Blaidd’s position, the half-wolf will jump down and the players can interact with him.

Who is Blaidd? Elden Ring, History, Lore

Blaidd is a being that is half human and half wolf. He was created by the Two Fingers, who act as a manifestation of the Greater Will. Blaidd was created as a shadow of the witch Ranni. Ranni has actually been a princess of the royal Carian family and was chosen by the Greater Will to succeed Queen Marika. However, Blaidd does not know that he is an artificial being, nor does he have any idea what his duties are. He only feels the urge to protect and serve Ranni.

How does Blaidd’s quest go? Elden Ring

As her henchman, Blaidd should protect Ranni and carry out her orders. That’s why players can also help the half-wolf kill an assassin who has been set on Ranni during the first encounter.

If the players track down and defeat the bloodhound Hunter Darriwil in the Forsaken Hound Evergaol together with Blaidd, the half-wolf will initially disappear. Only when the players later visit Ranni in her tower and join her retinue does Blaidd reappear as an astral projection in the tower. Blaidd explains to the players that he has been tasked with tracking down the eternal city of Nokron for his mistress, Ranni.

Players can now travel to the underground region from the Siofra Well and find Blaidd near an ancient ruin. He tells the players that he has found Nokron. The city can be seen in the starry sky of the underground region, but there is no way to get there. Only when the players talk to Ranni’s henchman Selvius, and then to the sorceress Sellen, do they learn that they can only find the way to Nokron if they kill Captain Radahn first. The captain is said to have challenged the stars themselves ages ago, and the battle is said to have been so gigantic that the stars froze in their movements. Only Radahn’s death can set the stars in motion again.

Returning to Blaidd with this information, he gives the players a hint that a festival is currently taking place at Redmane Castle, which would be a perfect opportunity to kill the captain.

If the players manage to defeat Radahn in battle, a shooting star falls straight from the sky. Blaidd congratulates the players and asks them to meet where the star fell to earth. That’s where the path to Nokron is supposed to be.

However, when the players reach the spot in the Misty Woods, they only find a message from Blaidd saying that the players want to continue on their own.

The players can find Blaidd in the same Evergaol where they fought Darriwil together. He has been imprisoned in the eternal prison by Iji, the third henchman of Ranni.

When the players return to their tower after completing Ranni’s quest, Blaidd is waiting outside the tower. He has lost his mind and immediately attacks the players.

What is the background of Blaidd’s transformation?

Blaidd was created by the Two Fingers not only to protect Ranni. He was also to make sure that she never deviated from the path of the Greater Will. In that case, the Two Fingers had created Blaidd to lose his mind and kill Ranni himself. He himself knew nothing of this, but Iji had long since seen through the Two Fingers’ plans.

Because Ranni would not accept the role assigned to her by fate as the successor to Queen Marika, and instead set out on a darker path, Iji feared that Blaidd might succumb to the Greater Will and kill Ranni. For this reason, he locked the half-wolf in the Evergaol. It was to be equally for Ranni’s protection and to help Blaidd fulfill his vow never to harm Ranni.

When Ranni gets the sword from the players to kill the Two Fingers, her quest ends and she disappears from the tower. At this point, Blaidd no longer has any reason to continue playing the role of her protector. Since there is no longer any danger of him finding and killing her, he finally falls into madness, from which he cannot be saved. The players can then only kill him in battle to put the half-wolf out of its misery. In return, they will receive Blaidd’s armor and also the Royal Greatsword.

Who is Kenneth Haight (Elden Ring)? NPC, Quest, Story, Lore


Kenneth Haight is an NPC in Elden Ring. Kenneth Haight claims to be the next ruler of Limgrave. He will be encountered when walking down the ledges in Limgrave. Haight asks the player for help in clearing and clearing Fort Haight, which is currently overrun by various enemies.

What is known about Kenneth Haight? Elden Ring, Lore

Kenneth Haight is located in Limgrave on a fallen structure that serves as an improvised bridge. If you talk to Kenneth after the fort is cleaned up, he will go to Fort Haight. His weapon of choice is an earth steel dagger, but he only uses it in self-defense when attacked. Although he belongs to the upper class, he is actually quite an honest man.

After returning to Fort Haight, the fort is overrun by demi-humans. The player can encounter Kenneth Haight on the battlements, where he laments the condition of the fort and asks the player to find a lord to manage it for him. After returning to the throne room after the Godrick the Grafted boss fight, giving Nepheli Loux the Storm King item but not giving her the Seluvis Potion, cleaning Fort Haight, and then resting at Godrick the Refined’s Mercy Place, both can be found in the throne room.

What does Kenneth Haight do for the player? NPC, Elden Ring, Quest

Kenneth Haight asks the player for help in clearing Fort Haight, which has been taken by a knight commander from Stormveil, and promises a reward because, as he says, he is “known for his considerable generosity”. After he returns from clearing Fort Haight, he rewards the player with the Earth Steel Dagger. When approached again, he asks you to pledge his services to him. If the player agrees, he will knight the player at Fort Haight, where he can be approached next.

Once at Fort Haight, he explains that he is not yet able to knight the player and that he must find a true and steadfast lord worthy of Limgrave. Following his, Gatekeeper Gostoc’s and Nepheli Loux’s quest lines, he can be taken to the throne room of Stormveil Castle, where he will say that he will eventually return to his fort to knight the player.

For which quest is Kenneth Haight relevant? Elden Ring

The player must go northeast from the Cloud Forest outskirts until he reaches a bridge made of broken ruins. As you approach the bridge, you can hear someone asking if you want to help the great Kenneth Haight. If the player now jumps onto the bridge, then Kenneth can be found on the edge. If you talk to him, then he will ask the player if he can take back his fortress for him. If one now agrees, then one can go southeast, to the tip of the eastern Limgrave region, to find Fort Haight. At the top of this fort you will also find one half of the Dectus Medallion, which is needed to operate the Great Elevator of Dectus in Liurnia. You now have to talk to him until he says that he needs to find another Heir of Limgrave so that you can progress later in your quest line.

Towards the end of the game, Kenneth Haight’s quest line connects with Nepheli Loux’s quest line. You must have advanced her quest line to the point where she is at the Round Table and has received the ashes of the Stormcap King. She then leaves the location, leaving behind 2 x Stormhawk Axe. Kenneth Haight and Nepheli Loux both head to the throne room of Stormveil Castle. This is located just behind the Godrick, the refined place of mercy. If you now talk to Kenneth Haight, he will tell the player that he has chosen a new ruler – Lady Nepheli. You must now talk to Nepheli. She will thank the player for his help and tell him that she has left her foster father Gideon. If you keep talking to her, she will give the player a Dragon Forge stone. She says that she will take the burden off the player if he becomes the Elden Lord. One has the opportunity to go to the throne room of Stormveil Castle with Kenneth Haight and Nepheli Loux. There you can also interact with Gatekeeper Gostoc and enter his store. He also has an ancient dragonsmith stone that you can sell for 20,000 runes.

Who is Ranni the Witch (Elden Ring)? NPC, Quest, Story, Lore


Ranni the Witch is an NPC that players can find in the open-world role-playing game Elden Ring by FromSoftware. The witch gives players the ability to summon spirit creatures that can be used as temporary helpers in certain areas.

Where can you find Ranni the Witch? Elden Ring

The first contact with Ranni can happen relatively early in the game. However, Ranni the witch can also be quickly overlooked. She is located in the Church of Elleh in Limgrave. The problem is that Ranni can’t be found there from the beginning. She only appears after players have already gotten the ability from Melina to level up in Places of Grace and summon the Spectral Horse Torrent. So players must have found and rested at least three Places of Grace before Ranni appears.

When players return to the Church of Elleh during the night after meeting Melina, a bluish figure of a woman with a large hat sits next to the entrance. She introduces herself to the players as Renna and is amazed that the players are able to call Torrent. Renna then gives the players a bell to summon spirits. Renna also gives the players Spectral Wolves to summon in battle. Afterwards, Renna says that they probably won’t meet her again before she vanishes into thin air.

Later in the game, players will find the optional Caria estate. Once they have fought their way through the ruins of this estate, they arrive at a place called Three Sisters. In this place there are three towers that the players can climb. One of the towers is named Ranni’s Ascent.

If the players climb the tower, they will encounter Renna again, but now she will reveal her true name. For she is actually Princess Ranni of Lucaria, a member of the royal Caria family.

Who is Ranni the Witch? Elden Ring, Lore, Story

Princess Ranni of Lucaria was chosen by the Greater Will as a possible successor to Queen Marika and was raised accordingly. She would have been given the power of the demigods and would be the ruler of the interlands. For her protection, the deputies of the Greater Will, the Two Fingers, created the wolf-man Blaidd to act as Ranni’s servant and protector.

Ranni, however, did not want to live a life ruled by the Greater Will. For this reason, she took drastic measures. She stole the Rune of Death and killed her own body. Ranni transferred her soul into a doll. With the death of the corporeal body, Ranni the witch was free from the influence of the Greater Will, but had limited abilities even in the body of the doll. To free herself for good, Ranni looked for a way to kill the Two Fingers.

How is Ranni’s quest line going?

When players meet Ranni, they have the choice to join the Witch and her henchmen. If they agree, they will meet the wolf-man Blaidd, the giant Iji and the preceptor Seluvis.

The players must first find Blaidd in the underground area of the Siofra River and talk to him. He says that he has found the eternal city of Nokron, but that the path is not there. Blaidd sends the players to Seluvis, who knows a sorceress who might be able to tell them something about Nokron. From Seluvis, the players receive a letter of recommendation, which they must take to the sorceress Sellen. Sellen tells the players that the way to Nokron went missing when Captain Radahn caused the stars to freeze in the sky.

With this information, the players can return to Blaidd. The Wolf Man then tells them that he heard about a festival at Radahn Castle and that it would be the ideal opportunity to attack the captain.

If the players face Radahn and defeat him, a shooting star will fall from the sky and hit the earth. Blaidd advises meeting at the impact site to go to Nokron. Once the players travel to the impact site in eastern Limgrave, there is no sign of Blaidd. Instead, a large crater has opened up through which players can travel to Nokron.

In Nokron, players will find the Fingerslayer Blade. This weapon allows Ranni to reach her destination and kill the Two Fingers.

The special Ranni the Witch end (Elden Ring)

Even though Ranni is freed after the death of the Two Fingers, players can still take a few extra steps to unlock a special ending. First, in the Three Sisters, they must visit the sealed tower called Renna’s Ascension. There is a portal there that will take players to the Ansil River. Players will find a small doll of Ranni there. The doll can talk and directs the players to the Lake of Rot.

When the players arrive at the Rotten Lake, they are attacked by a phantom that looks like Blaidd. If they defeat the phantom, they will receive a discarded palace key. This key opens a box in the Great Library of Raya Lucaria that contains a Dark Moon Ring.

If the players return to the Rotten Lake, they can walk along the edges to climb into a coffin. Here, players will face Astel, the Bastard of the Void. If they manage to defeat the monster, the players will gain access to the Moonlight Altar, where the Shimmerstone Dragon Adula will once again test the heroes’ skills. They can travel on to the Cathedral of Manus Celes after a victory. If they talk to the doll of Ranni at this place, they can put the Darkmoon Ring on her finger, unlocking the secret Ranni ending where they marry the witch. As a reward, they will also receive a Darkmoon Greatsword, which, according to legend, will be passed down from Queen Marika to her successors.

Who is Rykard, Lord of Blasphemy (Elden Ring)? Boss, History, Fighting Style, Strategy, Lore


Praetor Rykard, also known as the Lord of Blasphemy and the God-devouring Serpent, is a main antagonist and optional boss fight in the 2022 dark fantasy action role-playing game Elden Ring. He is one of the demigod children of Radagon and Queen Rennala of the Full Moon. During the Shattering, Rykard’s desire for immortality led him to feed himself to the god-devouring serpent. Rykard retreated to the depths of his home, the volcanic castle, where he devoured the many warriors who sought to challenge him. With each devoured life, the serpentine form of the Lord of Blasphemy grew more powerful.

History: Rykard, Lord of Blasphemy (Lore, Story)

Rykard was born in the interlands as the son of Rennala and Radagon. Radagon left Rennala to become the consort of Queen Marika. This led to Rykard being adopted into the ruling family as Marika’s stepchild. Thus, he was also accepted into the ranks of the demigods. This was also done for his siblings Ranni and Radahn. Rykard became a detested justiciar and despised for his beating nature. From the volcanic Gelnir Mountain he commanded his torturers. When he later rebelled against the Higher Order and the will of the Two Fingers, he committed the sin of blasphemy, and he has since been considered the Lord of Blasphemy. His entourage supported him in the fight against the order and continued to be loyal to him.

The destruction of the Elden Ring marked a great turning point, which culminated in the disappearance of Queen Marika. From now on, the demigods began to fight each other and seize the fragments of the Elden Ring. Each sought power and tried to claim all the fragments for himself. As a result of this tearing apart, the entire intermediary land was plagued by misery and destruction. Rykard secured the fragment of the Great Rune in the process. Rykard, on the other hand, stayed out of the fighting because he was the one against order and did not want the fragments to be reunited. In his quest for power in the fight against the Higher Order, Rykard allowed himself to be eaten by the God-devouring serpent inside the volcano of Gelmir. In doing so, he merged with it to become powerful enough to wrestle the gods. From now on, Rykard, Lord of Blasphemy, was part of the enormous serpent with the goal of eating everything and everyone and thus becoming part of the “family”.

Appearance: Rykard, Lord of Blasphemy (Elden Ring)

Rykard first appears as a god-devouring serpent. Yet he is in a powerful and superhumanly large form. He is a huge serpent coiled around his own body in the lava of the crater. The snake also has numerous small, human arms. It uses its elongated neck as a club in battle. The underside of the neck is covered by heavily hardened scales.

After killing the snake, Rykard the Lord of Blasphemy now makes his own appearance. His face grows out of the underside of the snake’s neck. The lifeless head of the snake bends backwards to create space. The snake’s body is now overgrown with several fleshy tentacles. These are now also his hands and connected to Rykard’s huge sword. Rykard now also has arms and legs in this form, which makes him more agile in the lava.

General strategy and strengths: Rykard, Lord of Blasphemy

Rykard is fought for the first time in his first phase as a god-devouring serpent. This section refers to Rykard in his second phase as Rykard, Lord of Blasphemy. Be sure to pick up the Serpent Hunter’s Great Spear, which is held by a corpse at the beginning of the boss’s chamber. The spear has a special interaction with this boss fight that manifests a blade of light with each attack, greatly increasing its range and allowing the player to damage both phases of the boss from outside the magma pool in which it stands. The spear has a light three stab combo with escalating damage, a heavy slash combo with two moves where the damage increases slightly on the second hit, and a special move with two attacks that has a long cooldown and costs FP.

Success in the fight against the Rykard Boss depends on the player’s ability to handle the numerous AoE effects as well as the boss’s sweeping swings with his blade. In general, you should always dodge in the direction his sword is coming from, because Rykard Lord of Blasphemy is a big boss with very slow swings. If you dodge in the same direction that his weapon swings, the time when his sword’s hit range overlaps with yours will increase, resulting in a hit, and every hit from Rykard is extremely painful. There’s also a lot happening in the background: debris is falling everywhere. These don’t always cause damage, but they can obstruct your vision when Rykard wants to attack. So you have to stay alert and keep an eye on Rykard at all times.

Rykard is a very slow boss and has plenty of time between his attacks for at least one hit with the snake hunter. There is no need to be greedy, and you primarily keep moving at him, learning his patterns and dodging. Once you internalize his patterns, you can always poke him between almost every move. Also, if you hit Rykard in the head with the Snake Hunter often enough, he will go down briefly, giving you an even greater chance of dealing damage.

Once Rykard is down to about 50% of his health, he raises his sword high into his side and appears to strengthen himself. Dozens of large, flaming skulls will then rain down from the sky, with most of them aimed at the player. These skulls explode after a short delay when they reach their target or hit the ground. The player must dodge or sprint in time here to avoid damage. This phase lasts for a long time, and Rykard will continue his normal movements while the skulls are raining down on him. If he isn’t killed after a while, he’ll end this phase by raising his sword up in the air with both hands and channeling the flames in the sky into the blade, culminating in a gigantic overhead slash.

Who is Starscourge Radahn (Elden Ring)? Boss, history, fighting style, strategy


Starscourge Radahn is a demigod boss in Elden Ring that can be found in the Howling Dunes. Defeating this boss is mandatory to reach at least one ending of the game and to complete certain NPC quest lines. However, he does not necessarily need to be defeated to complete the game. Starscourge Radahn is a massive and destructive creature in Caelid. Eaten from within by Malenia’s scarlet rot, he has long since lost his mind. Now he collects the corpses of former friends and enemies and eats them like a dog. Starscourge Radahn is cursed to always wander.

Appearance: Starscourge / General Radahn

Starscourge Radahn is a gigantic humanoid whose muscular body is many times larger than that of a normal human. Both of his legs have become stumps and he no longer possesses feet. Radahn holds two thick, curved longswords of black steel or stone inlaid with gold. He also carries a huge bow. Starscourge Radahn wears ornate golden armor and a golden helmet on his head with thick horns protruding from the sides. The armor is decorated with fur in the shoulder and arm area.

History: Starscourge / General Radahn

Starscourge Radahn, he is but a pale reflection of the brilliant demigod-general who once commanded the warring forces after the titular phenomenon was shattered. Radahn was previously struck down in battle by his half-sister, Malenia the Severed, and infected with Scarlet Rot, a disease that transforms its victims into mindless ghouls with a single, all-encompassing desire: to consume everything they see. Therefore, Radahn now wanders across corpse-strewn battlefields on the back of a much-too-small horse (whose name is apparently Leonard), waiting for the day when someone strong enough can end his misery.

Radahn’s official title in Elden Ring is “Star Scourge,” and for good reason. At some point in his past, a sorceress named Sellen tells us, the mighty warrior challenged “the swirling constellations” themselves. It’s still unclear to me exactly how Radahn fought the stars, but his victory over these celestial bodies was so great that they froze in the sky. “He is the force that repels the stars,” Sellen adds. “If General Radahn died, the stars would resume their motion. Simply put, the guy is strong as hell.

Features: Starscourge / General Radahn

Apart from his gigantic size, Radahn’s brute strength also comes from the fact that he has mastered gravity itself, a school of magic that the player himself can also use with the right stats and knowledge. These abilities not only make Radahn a fearsome warrior, but also allow him to ride his horse made of skin and bones without crushing the poor animal under its incredible weight. In fact, Leonard was the main reason Starscourge Radahn developed his gravitational powers in the first place. He had gravitational powers that he learned in his youth in Selia. All so he wouldn’t have to leave his beloved but meager steed.

Radahn, still clad in his armor, capable with his weapons, and still on his undersized steed, now roamed the sandy, desolate dunes of Caelid’s southeastern shores. Without their commander, Starscourge Radahn’s Lordsworn army occupies smaller and smaller areas throughout the region, and containment of the Scarlet Rot is now a grim uncertainty. Still in possession of his Great Rune, a shard of the Elden Ring, a feast has been organized at Redmane Castle; a gathering of all who might finally put the general out of his misery and perhaps claim the rune for themselves.

Starscourge Radahn: General tips for the fight

Torrent is available for this fight (unless other players are summoned for the co-op fight). The summon characters are NPC summons for the festival mechanic. They can be summoned with one keystroke and any number can be summoned at once. After death, the signs will reappear to summon them again, though not necessarily in the same place as when they were first summoned. With the summons, it is possible (albeit slow) to end the battle without attacking Radahn directly. Starscourge Radahn shoots magic arrows immediately after entering the arena. These can be deflected with a shield, but do heavy magic damage. They kill most players with one hit.

The arrows hit so accurately that it is not possible to dodge them without using i-frames, such as rolling or climbing up and down Torrent. As always, it’s easier to dodge a projectile by moving toward the source.
Debris on the battlefield will block the arrows once, as they destroy the debris instead of hitting the player. The first two groups of summon signs are behind such debris. The arrow fire that Starscourge Radahn fires in the air (“rain of arrows”) will also target the player. On Torrent it is easier to avoid it, but on foot it is possible to escape it if you run directly perpendicular to Radahn.

Starscourge Radahn Combat Strategy

A reliable method is to raise your shield when you enter Arena and approach the first group of summon characters. The best way is to immediately summon all available NPCs, using the rubble next to their shields as cover, and then move to the next group with the shield raised. Starscourge Radahn should be kept in sight at all times. At some point, he will pull back his bow without the magical energy charges, which is a signal for the player to get on his horse and start dodging his spear-arrow attacks. Once the player is close enough, Radahn will draw his swords and begin his melee attacks, at which point the battle can begin. At this point, it should be safe to run away a bit and heal the chip damage of his arrow attacks while on horseback.

If the player stays far enough away, he will not be able to perform his arrow wall attack, which will make the opening sequence of the fight much easier. As for proximity, you should avoid moving past the first 3 summon characters until one of them has had the opportunity to get Starscourge Radahn to switch to his melee stance. After that, you can keep moving forward and collect the missing summon signs. Almost all of Radahn’s ranged attacks, including his magic arrow and his two magic rock and bullet projectiles, are likely to kill with one hit. The magic arrows must be dodged or blocked with i-frames. The magic rocks and magic bullets can be dodged with i-frames or by sprinting perpendicular to Starscourge Radahn on Torrent.

Radahn is extremely weak against scarlet rot. Once you put it on him, his health drops to half in a short time. When you start the second phase of the battle, he is cured of the rot. If you attack again, he will be dead in a short time. By far the easiest way to win the fight is to hit him with rot breath, which requires two successful hits to inflict scarlet rot.

Who is Margit, The Fell Omen (Elden Ring)? Boss, story, fighting style, strategy


Margit, The Fell Omen, is the first non-optional boss in FromSoftware’s open-world role-playing game Elden Ring, which players have to defeat on their way to the first Legacy Dungeon. As is typical for games from FromSoftware, the boss is very difficult and represents the first real test for the players.

Where do players meet Margit? (Elden Ring)

When players enter the world of Elden Ring, they can basically go off in any direction to experience their adventure. However, because many areas are peppered with significantly stronger challenges, the game offers a so-called guidance of grace. In this case, lights go out from resting places, also called lost graces, and point in a certain direction.

The first Guidance of Grace directs players in the direction of Storm Veil Castle. However, when the players enter the bridge that leads to the main gate of the castle, a dark voice sounds from the battlements of the castle, speaking full of contempt to the supposed heroes. Shortly thereafter, Margit the Fell Omen gets in the way of the players to prevent them from advancing to the master of Storm Veil Castle, Godrick the Overgrown.

What kind of story does Margit the Fell Omen have?

When encountering Margit, the Fell Omen, the tall, horned figure with a hideous tail, offers no explanation as to his origins. However, when players continue their exploration of Elden Ring after defeating the Fell Omen, they encounter another powerful boss east of Storm Veil Castle.

Morgott, the King of the Mal, is the true identity of Margit, the Fell Omen. Morgott, like Godrick, is a child of Queen Marika and the Elden Lord Godfrey. He is thus also a demigod and the bearer of a shard of the Elden Ring. Unlike Godrick, Morgott, like his twin brother Mogh, was born with horns and a monstrous tail. In the world of Elden Ring, this is considered a bad omen and predicts impending doom. Morgott and Mogh were therefore disowned by their parents and their siblings also turned their backs on them.

Morgott developed a strong hatred for his siblings and plotted their destruction. At the same time, he could not allow a simpler stained, as the characters of the heroes in Elden Ring are called, to go in search of the ring shards. For this reason, he posed as Margit, the Fell Omen, to act as a guardian to prevent stained ones from continuing their journey.

What powers does Margit the Fell Omen have?

In order not to reveal his identity as one of the demigods, Margit / Morgott does not use the powers of his ring shard in battle. But even without the shard, he is an opponent that players should not take lightly. Margit attacks first with a massive stick or lashes out with his tail, which occasionally peeks out from under his rag cloak. In addition, the fell omen can summon a spectral weapon in the form of daggers that he can hurl or stab with.

His movements seem slow and delayed at first. Nevertheless, his blows are incredibly powerful and the combinations of attack occur in quick succession that you wouldn’t look at Margit, the Fell Omen.

If the players manage to enter the second phase of the fight, Margit expands his tactics. He summons a massive hammer or sword in addition to daggers, and then attacks with two weapons at once. His movements become much faster and even more deadly.

Why does Margit help Godrick?

It is not explicitly mentioned, but the assumption is that Godrick, because of his own grotesque form, is also shunned by his siblings. Because he has always felt inferior to his siblings, despite his status as a demigod, Godrick began to transplant limbs to himself, which he cut off the stained who fell in battle against Godrick. His delusion resulted in dozens of smaller and larger arms protruding from his body, some of which Godrick could move.

His delusion and appearance drove Godrick into the isolation of Castle Storm Veil. Without the support of his siblings, he presented an easy target for would-be heroes, who could also become more powerful by obtaining his shard.

Morgott had to fear that if the stained ones gained such power, they would also want to gather more shards to become Elden Lords themselves. Sooner or later, they would then also hunt down Morgott, who himself carries a Ring Shard. That is why Morgott probably felt it wise to attack the Stained Ones in the form of Margit before they could even gain enough power to become dangerous to the other demigods in any way. There are also small hints that Morgott feels a connection to Godrick because Godrick’s experiments have given him an appearance as hideous as Morgott has endured since birth. For this reason, Morgott also refers to his brother as “Golden” rather than “Grafted,” for example.

Who is Godrick the Grafted (Elden Ring)? Boss, History, Fighting Style, Strategy, Lore


Godrick the Grafted, formerly known as Godrick the Golden, is a main antagonist of the Elden Ring video game. He is a member of the Godfrey and Marika family, who acts as the ruler of Stormveil Castle. Godrick believes he is a true successor of Godfrey and wants to prove his worth by killing those who dare cross his path and turn their blades against him.

Personality: Godrick the Grafted (Elden Ring)

Personality: GodaGodrick is a cruel and ruthless tyrant who believes himself to be the true successor of Godfrey and sees himself as the lord of all that is golden. Although he is a member of Godfrey’s race, he is considered a nobody among the demigods and is even called a coward by Kenneth Haight. Even before the Shattering, he was considered the weakest of Marika’s children, not only in terms of power and influence, but also in leadership skills and basic strategic thinking. Nevertheless, he wants to make a name for himself and gain power because he believes he is worth something to his ancestors.

This has led him to become a power-hungry individual who hunts down and slaughters various people and creatures, preserves their bodies for collection, and transplants their parts onto his body. This act has led to him being referred to as “the transplanted one” rather than “the golden one,” simply because of the depravity of his intentions and crimes. For this reason, he is loathed by almost everyone who has met him, so much so that even his gatekeeper is fond of stomping on his decapitated head because of the abuse Godrick has inflicted on him.

Story of Godrick the Grafted (Elden Ring, Lore)

Queen Marika the Eternal and Godfrey, the first Lord of the Elves, married and had several children together. One of these children, Godrick, suffered from strong feelings of inadequacy throughout his life, as he did not feel as strong as his father or siblings.

To prove his worth, Godrick tried to usurp the Elden Ring to become an Elden Lord, as his father once was. Soon, war broke out among the Golden Children, causing great unrest in the interlands. Because of the atrocities committed in the interlands, the Elden Ring was broken.

In an effort to gain as much power as possible, the Golden Children took large shards of the Elden Ring known as Great Runes and retreated to their respective areas of the world. While most of his siblings preferred to remain hidden and secretly cling to their Great Runes, Godrick decided to use his Great Rune to rule over the interlands, commanding an army of foot soldiers and knights to harm the citizens of the interlands.

Despite the great power of the Great Rune, Godrick still suffered from a constant sense of inadequacy and began looking for ways to become even more powerful. When the Elden Ring broke, the Afflicted returned to the Interlands because they felt the need to seek the Great Runes and become an Elden Lord. Godrick soon realized that this meant that a steady stream of Clouded warriors would arrive at Stormveil Castle.

When the dullies arrived at Stormveil to find the Great Runes, Godrick took great pleasure in destroying them. For those warriors who posed a great challenge, Godrick removed their limbs and transplanted them to his own body.

To make new stains stronger, Godrick sent his troops to Limgrave and fortified his castle to ensure that any stains that found their way to him were strong enough to harvest. Those Godrick did not deem strong enough were used to create decapitated shoots, abominations that quickly became a symbol of Godrick’s cruelty. In time, word of Godrick and his cruel refining methods spread throughout the interlands. For those once loyal to the Golden Line, Godrick the Grafted now represents how far the world has fallen since the shattering of the Elden Ring.

Appearance: Godrick the Grafted (Elden Ring)

Godrick the Grafted has a humanoid physique. However, he is much taller than normal humans. In contrast to the rest of his body, Godrick’s head is relatively small. This contrasts with his massive torso and thick arms. His skin is gray and his hair is dull. On Godrick’s body are grafted numerous arms that once belonged to stains he hunted. He possesses 6 fingers on one of his two hands. He wears filthy clothes that were once magnificent. On his head, Godrick wears a golden crown that hides his long hair. In battle, Godrick wields a large, ornate axe with blades on both sides.

Fight Style: Godrick the Grafted (Elden Ring)

Godrick the Grafted has two phases, like most of the big boss fights in Elden Ring. In the first phase he just wields a large golden axe that he uses to attack the player, but in phase 2 he grafts a dragon head onto his left arm and uses it not only to breathe fire, but also to perform grappling attacks that deal massive damage. So a good flame resistance is not a bad idea for this fight. Phase 2 of his attacks starts around the time he reaches 60% HP.

Godrick has a number of attacks that are mainly melee. However, he can also perform a few directed ranged attacks. These attacks range from punches, lunges, jumps, swings, and sweeps. All attacks are relatively fast and have a quick transition between them, although some attacks have a slower attack animation that lets the player reposition himself when he withdraws his weapon to prepare for a swing or one of his other melee attacks.

Godrick the Grafted: Combat Strategy

To reduce the likelihood of being hit by Godrick’s jumps and thrusts, you should move as often as possible during the fight. The goal is to stay out of his line of sight. Attempts should be made to get in his back as quickly as possible to open up an attack opportunity for him. As soon as a window of opportunity presents itself, he must be attacked so that his next action is delayed. This provides an opportunity for longer attacks. You should always be on the lookout for clues about his upcoming attack. In some action preparation animations, there is a brief moment of 1-2 seconds when Godrick the Grafted withdraws his weapon. This is the moment to reposition or dodge. Since this arena is surrounded by walls, you should always try to stay in the open area. This will help you avoid being backed into a corner from which dodging will be difficult.